WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 1999-03-31
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: MIKASA INC, 10-K405, 1999-03-31
Next: GENERAL MEDIA INC, 10-K, 1999-03-31




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
    OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                       OR

[ ]  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

     FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM __________ TO ___________

     COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-24120


                       WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                     31-1403116
    (State or other jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
    incorporation or organization)

          28 East Main Street
           Springfield, Ohio                             45501-0719
(Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (937) 325-4683

           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                                (Title of class)

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant  was required to file such  reports) and (2) has been subject to such
requirements for the past 90 days. YES X . NO ___.

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.[ ]

     The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the registrant,  computed by reference to the closing price of such stock on the
Nasdaq  National  Stock Market as of March 12,  1999,  was  approximately  $37.8
million. (The exclusion from such amount of the market value of the shares owned
by any  person  shall not be deemed an  admission  by the  registrant  that such
person is an affiliate of the registrant.)

     As of March 12, 1999, there were issued and outstanding 2,018,829 shares of
the Registrant's Common Stock.


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Parts II and IV of Form 10-K - Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

Part III of Form 10-K - Portions of the Proxy  Statement  for Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders.


<PAGE>



                                     PART I
                                    --------

Item 1.  Business
- -----------------

General

     Western Ohio Financial Corporation (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation,
was  organized  in March  1994 for the  purpose of  becoming a savings  and loan
holding  company.  During fiscal 1997, the Company owned all of the  outstanding
stock of Springfield  Federal Savings Bank  ("Springfield"),  Mayflower  Federal
Savings Bank ("Mayflower") and Seven Hills Savings  Association  ("Seven Hills")
(collectively,  the "Banks").  During fiscal 1997,  the Company  combined  these
three  institutions into one institution under the name "Cornerstone  Bank" (the
"Bank").   Unless  otherwise  noted,   reference  during  fiscal  1997  includes
Springfield, Mayflower and Seven Hills.

     The Company is subject to supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision ,
Department  of  Treasury  ("OTS")  and the  Bank  is  subject  to  comprehensive
regulation,  examination  and  supervision by the OTS and by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). Cornerstone Bank is a member of the Federal Home
Loan Bank  ("FHLB")  System  and its  deposits  are backed by the full faith and
credit of the United States  Government and are insured up to applicable  limits
by the FDIC.

     The Company's  primary market area covers Clark and Greene  Counties,  Ohio
and parts of  contiguous  counties,  and is serviced  through its main office in
Springfield,  Ohio and five branch offices in Enon,  New Carlisle,  Springfield,
Yellow  Springs and  Beavercreek.  At December 31,  1998,  the Company had total
assets of $327.7 million, deposits of $193.0 million and stockholders' equity of
$47.6 million, or 14.5% of total assets. The Company's Common Stock is traded on
the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "WOFC."

     The Company has been, and intends to continue to be, a
community-oriented  savings  and loan  holding  company  offering  a variety  of
financial services to meet the needs of the communities it serves. The principal
business of the Company consists of attracting  retail deposits from the general
public and investing  those funds  primarily in one- to four-family  residential
mortgage, construction and commercial and multi-family real estate loans and, to
a lesser extent,  consumer and commercial  business loans,  all primarily within
the Company's market areas.

     The  executive  offices of the Company are located at 28 East Main  Street,
Springfield,  Ohio 45501-0719, and the telephone number at that address is (937)
325-4683.

     The Company's  primary market area consists of Clark County and portions of
contiguous  counties.  Located in  west-central  Ohio,  Clark County's  economic
environment  consists  of a  traditional  industrial  base  supplemented  by the
service and support industries, and its close proximity to a major U.S. military
installation,  Wright Patterson Air Force Base.  Navistar Truck Manufacturers is
the largest industrial  employer in the county. Its Clark County operations have
provided  stable  employment  for the area over the last  several  decades.  The
Community  Hospital  and  Clark  State  Community  College  are also  two  major
employers in the area. In 1997, Clark County had an unemployment rate of 4.6% as
compared  to the  State  of Ohio at 4.5% and the  United  States  at  5.1%.  The
unemployment  rate in Clark County  decreased  to 3.7% in 1998 as compared  with
4.0% for the State of Ohio and 4.3% for the United States.

                                        2

<PAGE>



     Clark County's population,  the rate of increase of which lagged behind the
State of Ohio and national averages, nonetheless can be characterized as stable,
with a population of  approximately  148,000  people.  From 1990 to 1995,  Clark
County's population grew .24%. For 1998, Clark County's median housing value was
approximately  $59,900.  In the event that real estate prices in Ohio
or the market area  substantially  weaken or economic  conditions  decline,  the
Company may be adversely affected.

Lending Activities

     General.  While the Company primarily focuses its lending activities on the
origination of loans secured by first mortgages on  owner-occupied,  one-to-four
family  residences,  it also originates  multi-family and commercial real estate
and construction loans and, to a lesser extent, consumer and commercial business
loans  in its  market  area.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company's  net loan
portfolio,  including loans held for sale,  totaled $234.8 million.  At December
31, 1998, the Company's  gross loan  portfolio,  including  loans held for sale,
totaled $238.0  million,  of which $181.0  million,  or 76.1%,  was comprised of
permanent loans secured by one-to-four family residences.

     The  aggregate  amount of loans  that the Bank is  permitted  to make under
applicable federal regulations to any one borrower,  including related entities,
or the aggregate amount that the Bank could have invested in any one real estate
project,  is generally the greater of 15% of  unimpaired  capital and surplus or
$500,000.  See  "Regulation - Federal  Regulation of Savings  Institutions."  At
December  31, 1998,  the maximum  amount which the Bank could have loaned to any
one borrower and the borrower's  related entities was $6.4 million.  At December
31,  1998,  the  Bank  did  not have any  loans  outstanding  in  excess of such
limitation.  The largest  principal  balance and  commitment  to lend to any one
borrower, or group of related borrowers, at the Bank was $5.5 million secured by
a first  security  interest  covering all  business  assets  including  accounts
receivable,  inventory, securities, contract rights, acquired real estate, stock
in direct and indirect subsidiaries of the borrower, intangibles, and equipment.
In addition, three borrowers had a combined principal and commitment outstanding
of $5.7 million at December 31, 1998. The first borrower's outstanding credit is
secured by land and speculation homes. The second borrower's  outstanding credit
is secured by a first mortgage and multi-family properties. The third borrower's
outstanding credit is secured by one- to four-family  dwellings and multi-family
properties.  The  security  properties  on all of these loans are located in the
Bank's  market  areas.  All but one of these loans are  performing in accordance
with their  terms.  The loan to the  second  largest  borrower  was over 90 days
delinquent as of December 31, 1998.

     Management  always  reserves the right to change its emphasis on the amount
or type of  lending  in which the  Company  engages to adjust to market or other
factors, including changes in the Company's asset/liability management policies.

                                        3

<PAGE>



     Loan  Portfolio  Composition.  The  following  information  concerning  the
composition of the Company's loan  portfolio,  excluding loans held for sale, in
dollar  amounts  and in  percentages  (before  deductions  for loans in process,
deferred fees and discounts and allowance for losses) as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                       December 31,
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   1998               1997              1996               1995               1994
                             -----------------  ------------------ ----------------- -----------------  ----------------
                              Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent  Amount    Percent   Amount  Percent
                             --------  -------  --------  -------  --------  ------- --------   -------  -------  -------
<S>                           <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>     <C>

                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
Real Estate Loans:
- -----------------
One-to-four family .........  $177,109  74.87%  $224,289   79.10%  $242,600   82.21%  $131,262   84.93%  $ 89,184   83.37%
Multi-family ...............    12,422   5.25     11,247    3.97     12,476    4.23      4,502    2.91      4,194    3.92
Commercial real estate .....    20,675   8.74     21,583    7.61     20,531    6.96     10,531    6.81      8,463    7.91
Construction ...............     3,908   1.65      7,275    2.57     10,965    3.71      5,405    3.50      3,252    3.04
                              -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
   Total real estate loans .   214,114  90.51    264,394   93.25    286,572   97.11    151,700   98.15    105,093   98.24
                              -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  ------

Other Loans:
- -----------
 Consumer Loans:
   Home equity...............   10,054   4.25      6,906    2.43      2,188    0.74        474     0.31        77    0.07
   Deposit account...........      257    .11        485     .17        384    0.13        363     0.24       465    0.43
   Home improvement..........       15    ---         18     ---         31    0.01        ---      ---         6    0.01
   Other secured.............    3,173   1.34      5,374    1.90      3,689    1.25        942     0.61       788    0.74
   Other.....................    2,034    .86      2,493     .88        ---     ---         21     0.01        24    0.02
                              -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  -------  --------  ------
   Total consumer loans......   15,533   6.56     15,276    5.38      6,292    2.13      1,800     1.17     1,360    1.27
                              -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  -------  --------  ------
 Commercial business loans...    6,914   2.93      3,886    1.37      2,244    0.76      1,056     0.68       525    0.49
                              -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------- -------  --------  ------
    Total other loans........   22,447   9.49     19,162    6.75      8,536    2.89      2,856     1.85     1,885    1.76
                              -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------   --------  -------  --------  ------
    Total loans.............. $236,561 100.00%  $283,556  100.00%  $295,108  100.00%  $154,556   100.00% $106,978  100.00%
                              ======== ======   ========  ======   ========  ======   ========  =======  ========  ======

Less:
- ----
 Loans in process............   (2,364)           (1,784)            (5,651)            (2,768)              (954)
 Deferred fees and discounts.      (83)             (119)              (130)              (538)              (981)
 Allowance for losses........   (3,200)           (3,922)            (1,716)              (774)              (774)
                              --------          ---------          --------           --------           --------
    Total loans receivable,
       net                    $230,914          $277,731           $287,611           $150,476           $104,269
                              ========          ========           ========           ========           ========

</TABLE>


                                        4

<PAGE>



     The following  table shows the  composition of the Company's loan portfolio
by fixed and adjustable rates at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               December 31,
                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1998                1997               1996             1995                1994
                             -----------------  ------------------ ----------------- ------------------ -----------------
                              Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent  Amount    Percent  Amount   Percent
                             -------   -------  --------  -------- --------  ------- --------   ------- -------  --------
<S>                          <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>

                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)

Fixed-Rate Loans:
- ----------------

 Real estate:
  One-to-four family........  $109,550  46.31%  $126,375   44.57    $155,232  52.61   $111,117   71.89   $ 89,184   83.37%
  Multi-family..............     8,141   3.44      3,355    1.18       5,036   1.71      3,873    2.51      4,194    3.92
  Commercial................    12,759   5.39      8,533    3.01       9,276   3.14      9,307    6.02      8,463    7.91
  Construction..............     2,597   1.10        477     .17       7,649   2.59      5,105    3.30      3,252    3.04
                              -------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
     Total fixed-rate
       real estate loans....   133,047  56.24    138,740   48.93     177,193  60.05    129,402   83.72    105,093   98.24
                              -------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
 Commercial business........       791    .33        804     .28         178    .06        401    0.26        ---     ---
 Consumer...................     4,536   1.92      7,161    2.53       3,642   1.23      1,326    0.86      1,282    1.20
                             --------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
     Total fixed-rate loans.   138,374  58.49    146,705   51.74     181,013  61.34    131,129   84.84    106,375   99.44
                             --------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------

Adjustable-Rate Loans
- ---------------------
 Real estate:
  One-to-four family........    67,559  28.56     97,969   34.55      87,368  29.61%    20,145   13.04%       ---     ---
  Multi family..............     4,281   1.81      7,892    2.78       7,440   2.52        629    0.41        ---     ---
  Commercial................     7,916   3.35     13,049    4.60      11,255   3.81      1,224    0.79        ---     ---
  Construction..............     1,311    .55      6,798    2.40       3,316   1.12        300    0.19        ---     ---
                              -------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------   -----
     Total adjustable-rate
       real estate loans....    81,067  34.27    125,708   44.33     109,379  37.06     22,298   14.43        ---     ---
                              -------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
 Commercial business........     6,123   2.59      3,082    1.09       2,066    .70        655    0.42        525    0.49
 Consumer...................    10,997   4.65      8,061    2.84       2,650    .90        474    0.31         77    0.07
                              -------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
     Total adjustable-rate
       loans................    98,187  41.51    136,851   48.26     114,095  38.66     23,427   15.16        602    0.56
                              -------- ------   --------  ------    -------- ------   --------  ------   --------  ------
     Total loans............   236,561 100.00%   283,556  100.00%    295,108 100.00%   154,556  100.00%   106,978  100.00%
                              -------- ======   --------  ======    -------- ======   --------  ======   --------  ======

Less:
- ----
 Loans in process...........    (2,364)           (1,784)             (5,651)           (2,768)              (954)
 Deferred fees and
   discounts................       (83)             (119)               (130)             (538)              (981)
 Allowance for loan losses..    (3,200)           (3,922)             (1,716)             (774)              (774)
                              --------          --------            --------          --------           --------
    Total loans receivable,
       net..................  $230,914          $277,731            $287,611          $150,476           $104,269
                              ========          ========            ========          ========           ========

</TABLE>


                                                     5

<PAGE>



     The following  schedule  illustrates  the  maturities of the Company's loan
portfolio at December  31, 1998.  Loans which have  adjustable  or  renegotiable
interest  rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the contract is
due.  The  schedule  does not reflect the  effects of  possible  prepayments  or
enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Real Estate(1)
                   ----------------------------------------------
                                                  Multi-family        Commercial business
                      One-to-four family         and Commercial          and Consumer               Total
                   ------------------------   --------------------   --------------------   ----------------------

                                  Weighted                Weighted                Weighted                 Weighted
                                  Average                Average                  Average                   Average
                      Amount        Rate        Amount     Rate        Amount      Rate           Amount      Rate
                   ------------ -------------   ------- ----------    --------- -----------    ----------- ----------
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                 <C>         <C>             <C>     <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>


  Periods Ending
   December 31,
- ------------------


1999(2)............    $1,400       9.89%         $390      9.55%      $2,619       9.60%        $  4,409     9.69%
2000...............       159       8.46         2,850      7.37        2,781       8.28            5,790     7.84
2001...............       693       9.58         1,548     11.00        2,016       9.40            4,257    10.01
2002 and 2003......     3,788       7.97         3,013      8.56        3,761      10.78           10,562     9.13
2004 to 2008.......    18,402       7.98         5,902      8.80       10,118       7.59           34,422     8.00
2009 to 2018.......    47,577       7.73        14,819      8.51          874      10.48           63,270     7.95
2019 and following.   107,808       7.64         5,765      8.61          278       9.18          113,851     7.69
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Includes construction loans.
(2) Includes demand loans and loans having no stated maturity.



     At December 31, 1998, the total amount of loans due after December 31, 1999
which have predetermined  interest rates is $134.9 million,  while $97.2 million
loans due after such dates have floating or adjustable interest rates.

     ONE-TO-FOUR  FAMILY  RESIDENTIAL  MORTGAGE AND  CONSTRUCTION  LENDING.  The
Company focuses its lending efforts on the origination of loans secured by first
mortgages on owner-occupied,  one-to-four  family  residences.  Residential loan
originations of this type are generated by the Company's marketing efforts,  its
present  customers,  walk-in customers and referrals from real estate agents and
builders.  At December 31, 1998, the Company's  one-to-four  family  residential
permanent mortgage loans totaled $177.1 million, or 74.9% of the Company's total
gross loan portfolio.

     At December 31, 1998,  $109.6 million of the Company's  one-to-four  family
residential  mortgage  loans,  or  46.3%  of  the  Company's  total  gross  loan
portfolio, had fixed interest rates. From time to time, the Company may purchase
loans secured by one-to-four family residences. See "Originations, Purchases and
Sales of Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities."

     The Company currently originates up to a maximum of 30-year, owner occupied
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans  in  amounts  up to 97% of the
appraised  value  of  the  security  property  provided  that  private  mortgage
insurance is obtained in an amount  sufficient to reduce the Company's  exposure
to at or below the 80% loan-to-value level. Interest rates charged on these

                                        6

<PAGE>



loans are priced on a regular basis according to market conditions.  Residential
loans do not include prepayment  penalties.  The Company also originates up to a
maximum of 30-year  one-to-four family residential loans to  nonowner-occupants,
with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80%.

     In  underwriting  one-to-four  family  residential  real estate loans,  the
Company  evaluates,  among other  things,  both the  borrower's  ability to make
monthly  payments  and  the  value  of the  property  securing  the  loan.  Most
properties  securing  real estate  loans made by the Company  are  appraised  by
independent  licensed fee  appraisers  approved by the Board of  Directors.  The
Company  requires  borrowers  to  obtain  title,  fire  and  property  insurance
(including flood insurance,  if necessary) in an amount not less than the amount
of the loan.  In prior years,  the Company had  accepted  title  opinions.  Real
estate loans originated by the Company  generally contain a "due on sale" clause
allowing  the  Company to declare the unpaid  principal  balance due and payable
upon the sale or disposition of the secured property.

     The  Company   originates  a  limited   number  of  loans  to  finance  the
construction of one-to-four family residences. At December 31, 1998, the Company
had loans to finance the construction of one-to-four family residences  totaling
$2.8 million,  or 1.2% of the Company's  loan  portfolio.  Substantially  all of
these  loans are made to  individuals  who propose to occupy the  premises  upon
completion of construction.  Construction loans are generally  structured for up
to a 30-year term with a six month construction phase, during which the borrower
pays interest  only.  Upon  completion of the  construction  phase,  these loans
continue as permanent  loans of the  Company.  Loan  proceeds  are  disbursed in
increments as construction progresses and as inspections warrant.

     MULTI-FAMILY  AND  COMMERCIAL  REAL  ESTATE  LENDING.  The Company has also
engaged in commercial  and  multi-family  real estate  lending.  At December 31,
1998,  the Company had $33.1 million of permanent  commercial  and  multi-family
real  estate  loans,  which  represented  14.0%  of  the  Company's  gross  loan
portfolio.  The Company also has $1.1 million in  construction  loans secured by
multi-family and commercial real estate.

     The Company's  commercial  and  multi-family  real estate loan portfolio is
secured  primarily by apartment  buildings,  office  buildings,  strip  shopping
centers,  motels,  nursing  homes,  restaurants  and  churches  located  in  the
Company's  market area.  Multi-family and commercial real estate loans generally
have terms that do not exceed 15 years. Generally, the loans are made in amounts
up to 75% of the appraised value of the secured  property.  The Company analyzes
the financial condition of the borrower,  the borrower's credit history, and the
reliability  and  predictability  of the cash  flow  generated  by the  property
securing the loan. Currently, appraisals on properties securing multi-family and
commercial  real  estate  loans  originated  by the  Company  are  performed  by
independent licensed fee appraisers.

     Construction  loans on multi-family and commercial real estate projects are
structured  to be converted to  permanent  loans at the end of the  construction
phase, which generally runs up to 12 months. These construction loans have rates
and terms which  generally  match any permanent  multi-family or commercial real
estate loan then  offered by the  Company,  except that during the  construction
phase,  the borrower pays interest only.  These loans generally  provide for the
payment of interest and loan fees from loan proceeds.


                                        7

<PAGE>



     Construction  and  development  loans  are  obtained   principally  through
continued  business from  developers and builders who have  previously  borrowed
from the  Company,  as well as referrals  from  existing  customers  and walk-in
customers.  The  application  process  includes a  submission  to the Company of
accurate   plans,    specifications   and   costs   of   the   project   to   be
constructed/developed.  These  items  are  used  as a  basis  to  determine  the
appraised  value of the  subject  property.  Loans  are  based on the  lesser of
current appraised value or the cost of construction (land plus building).

     In addition,  the Company from time to time has purchased  loans secured by
multi-family  real estate.  The Company made no such  purchases of  multi-family
real estate participation loans in fiscal 1998.

     Loans secured by commercial  and  multi-family  real estate  properties are
generally  larger and involve a greater  degree of credit risk than  one-to-four
family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Because  payments  on  loans  secured  by
commercial  real  estate  properties  are  often  dependent  on  the  successful
operation  or  management  of the  properties,  repayment  of such  loans may be
subject to adverse  conditions in the real estate market or the economy.  If the
cash flow from the project is reduced (for  example,  if leases are not obtained
or renewed),  the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired.  The two
largest loans are as follows:  (1) $2.5 million  secured by land and speculation
homes;  and (2)  $1.8  million  secured  by one- to  four-family  dwellings  and
multi-family properties.

     CONSUMER LENDING. The Company offers secured consumer loans, including home
improvement  loans,  home equity loans,  loans  secured by savings  deposits and
equity securities, and retail mobile home loans. The Company has plans to expand
its consumer  lending  portfolio.  The Company  currently  originates all of its
consumer loans in its primary market area. The Company originates consumer loans
on a direct basis by extending credit directly to the borrower.

     At December 31, 1998,  deposit loans were $257,000 or .11% of the Company's
gross loan  portfolio.  Home  equity  loans  were  $10.1  million or 4.3% of the
Company's gross loan portfolio as of that date.

     Consumer  loan terms vary  according  to the type and value of  collateral,
length of  contract  and  creditworthiness  of the  borrower.  Loans  secured by
deposit  accounts at the Company are currently  originated  for up to 90% of the
account balance with a hold placed on the account  restricting the withdrawal of
the account balance.

     The  underwriting  standards  employed by the Company for  consumer  loans,
other than loans secured by deposits, include an application, a determination of
the  applicant's  payment history on other debts and an assessment of ability to
meet  existing   obligations  and  payments  on  the  proposed  loan.   Although
creditworthiness of the applicant is a primary  consideration,  the underwriting
process also  includes a  comparison  of the value of the  security,  if any, in
relation  to the  proposed  loan  amount.  The Company  offers both  secured and
unsecured loans.

     Consumer loans may entail greater credit risk than do residential  mortgage
loans,  particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured.  In such
cases, any repossessed  collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide
an adequate source of repayment of the  outstanding  loan balance as a result of
the greater likelihood of damage, loss, depreciation or fluctuation in value. In

                                        8

<PAGE>



addition,  consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower's  continuing
financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal
circumstances.  Furthermore,  the application of various federal and state laws,
including  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered  on such  loans.  At December  31,  1998,  $490,000  of the  Company's
consumer  loans were not  performing  in accordance  with their terms.  However,
there  can be no  assurance  that  further  delinquencies  will not occur in the
future.

     COMMERCIAL  BUSINESS LENDING.  Commercial business loans have been added to
the  list of the  Company's  products.  The  outstanding  balance  of  unsecured
commercial lines of credit was $1.8 million as of December 31, 1998.  Commercial
loans secured other than by mortgage had outstanding balances of $4.6 million as
of December 31, 1998.  The purpose of these loans will  generally be for working
capital or  expansion  of existing  businesses.  These loans have been priced at
prime plus a specified  spread,  or at the one year constant  maturity  treasury
index plus a specified spread. Some of these loans are payable on demand.

     Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of
the  borrower's  ability to make  repayment from his or her employment and other
income and which are  secured by real  property  the value of which  tends to be
more easily  ascertainable,  commercial business loans typically are made on the
basis of the  borrower's  ability  to make  repayment  from the cash flow of the
borrower's business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of
commercial  business loans may be substantially  dependent on the success of the
business  itself  (which,  in turn,  is likely to be dependent  upon the general
economic  environment).  The Bank's commercial  business loans may be secured by
business assets.  However, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over
time,  may be  difficult  to appraise  and may  fluctuate  in value based on the
success of the business.  The Bank's  largest loan is a $5.5 million  commercial
business loan secured by a first security  interest covering all business assets
including accounts receivable,  inventory, securities, contract rights, acquired
real  estate,  stock  in  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries  of the  borrower,
intangibles, and equipment.

ORIGINATIONS, PURCHASES AND SALES OF LOANS AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

     Loan originations are developed from advertising,  continuing business with
depositors and borrowers,  soliciting  realtors and builders,  walk-in customers
and  correspondent  relationships  in other  markets.  Loans are  originated  by
salaried loan officers, field originators compensated by salary and commission.

     While the Company offers fixed-rate and adjustable-rate  loans, its ability
to originate  loans is dependent upon the relative  customer demand for loans in
its  market,  which is  affected  by the  interest  rate  environment  and other
factors.  In fiscal 1998,  the Company  originated  $28.5  million in fixed-rate
loans and $23.6 million in adjustable-rate loans.

     In periods of economic uncertainty,  the ability of financial institutions,
including the Company,  to originate  large dollar  volumes of real estate loans
may be substantially reduced or restricted, with a resultant decrease in related
loan origination fees, other fee income and operating earnings.



                                        9

<PAGE>



     The following  table shows the  origination,  purchase,  sale and repayment
activities of the Company for the periods indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                                   ------------------------------------------------

                                                       1998               1997             1996
                                                   --------------    ---------------  --------------
                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>              <C>


ORIGINATIONS BY TYPE:
Adjustable-rate:
  Construction....................................    $    2,494       $11,521           $11,256
Real estate -  one to four family.................         7,205        23,600            33,075
  - multi-family..................................         2,017           593               357
  - commercial....................................         1,060         3,276             2,567
Commercial business...............................         2,435         1,894             1,860
Consumer - home equity............................         7,226         5,996             1,562
Other consumer....................................         1,188         2,247               119
Fixed-rate:
  Construction....................................           526           280
  Commercial business.............................         1,656           627               388
  Consumer........................................           895         7,213             3,422
  Real estate - one-to-four family................        24,100         4,263            28,029
  - multi-family..................................            11           ---               500
  - commercial....................................         1,269           141                60
                                                        --------      --------          --------
    Total loans originated........................        52,082        61,651            83,195
                                                        --------      --------          --------

PURCHASES:
Acquisitions:
  Loans...........................................           ---           ---            66,433
  MBS.............................................        40,179         3,710            20,729
One-to-four family................................           ---           ---            45,236
                                                       ---------      --------          --------
    Total purchased...............................        40,179         3,710           132,398
                                                       ---------      --------          --------

SALES AND REPAYMENTS:
Loans:
  Loan sale.......................................           ---        15,751            17,783
  MBS sale........................................         7,119        10,684            21,770
  MBS payments....................................         5,188         3,908             7,567
  Loan payments...................................        95,260        57,604            37,730
                                                       ---------      --------          --------
    Total reductions..............................       107,567        87,947            84,850
                                                       ---------      --------          --------
Increase (decrease) in other items, net...........        (3,900)       (1,704)           (2,484)
                                                       ---------      --------          --------
    Net increase (decrease).......................      $(19,206)     $(24,290)         $128,259
                                                       =========      ========          ========
</TABLE>


NON-PERFORMING ASSETS AND CLASSIFIED ASSETS

     When a borrower  fails to make a required  payment on real  estate  secured
loans and  consumer  loans a notice is sent 30 days after  payment is due. At 60
days after the  payment is due,  the  Company  generally  institutes  collection
procedures by notice and/or  telephone.  In most cases,  delinquencies are cured
promptly; however, if a loan secured by real estate or other collateral has been
delinquent  for more than 90 days,  satisfactory  payment  arrangements  must be
adhered  to  or  the  Company  will  initiate  proceedings  for  foreclosure  or
repossession.





                                       10

<PAGE>



     When a loan becomes  delinquent  90 days or more or when the  collection of
principal  or interest  becomes  doubtful,  the Company will place the loan on a
non-accrual  status and, as a result,  previously accrued interest income on the
loan is taken  out of  current  income.  The loan will  remain on a  non-accrual
status as long as the loan is 90 days or more delinquent.

     The following table sets forth information  concerning  delinquent loans at
December 31, 1998. The amounts presented represent the total remaining principal
balances of the related loans,  rather than the actual payment amounts which are
overdue and are reflected as a percentage of the type of loan category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Loans Delinquent For:
                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  30-59 Days                       60-89 Days                       90 Days and over
                           ----------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------------------

                            Number   Amount    Percent     Number    Amount     Percent       Number     Amount     Percent
                          --------- --------- ---------  ---------- ---------  ----------    ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>


Real Estate:
 One-to-four family(1)..    43       $1,955      1.08%       14        $847        .47%           25      $1,740        .96%
 Non-residential(1).....     4          390      1.14         4         155        .45             8       1,947       5.69
 Consumer/Commercial.        6           54       .24         7          79        .35            18         855       3.81

</TABLE>

- -------------------
(1)  Includes construction loans.


     The table  below sets forth the amounts and  categories  of  non-performing
assets in the Company's loan portfolio.  For all periods presented,  the Company
has had no troubled debt  restructurings  (which involve  forgiving a portion of
interest or  principal on any loans or making  loans at a rate  materially  less
than that of  market  rates).  Foreclosed  assets  include  assets  acquired  in
settlement of loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      At December 31,
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1998         1997        1996        1995        1994
                                                -------     --------    --------    --------   ----------
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>


Non-accruing loans:
  One-to-four family.........................    $1,740    $   612      $   674      $ 579      $  75
  Consumer...................................       373        213           10        ---        ---
  Commercial real estate/Business Loans......     2,428      1,170        1,266        ---        ---
                                                  -----      -----       ------       ----     ------
     Total...................................     4,541      1,995        1,950        579         75
                                                  -----      -----       ------       ----      -----

Accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days..       ---        ---           94        ---        ---

Foreclosed assets............................        56         56           55        ---        ---
                                                 ------    --------     -------       ----     ------

Total non-performing assets..................    $4,597     $2,051       $2,099       $579      $  75
                                                 ======     ======       ======       ====      =====
Total as a percentage of total assets........       1.4%       .55%         .52%       .25%       .04%
                                                 ======     ======       ======       ====      =====

</TABLE>


     For the year ended December 31, 1998, gross interest income that would have
been recorded had the  non-accruing  loans been current in accordance with their
original terms amounted to approximately $423,000. The Company did not recognize
any interest income on such loans in 1998.

                                       11

<PAGE>



     NON-PERFORMING   ASSETS.   Included  in  the  table  above  in  nonaccruing
one-to-four  family  loans  at  December  31,  1998,  were 25 loans  secured  by
single-family  residences  located in the Company's  primary  market area.  Also
included in  non-performing  assets are 12 consumer loans and 14 commercial real
estate loans.

     OTHER  LOANS OF  CONCERN.  Not  categorized  as  non-performing  assets  at
December 31, 1998, were $1.5 million of potential  problem loans.  The potential
problem loans  consisted of 18 single family  residences,  two  commercial  real
estate loans, one multi-family loan and zero commercial loans.

     CLASSIFIED ASSETS.  Federal  regulations  provide for the classification of
loans and other assets such as debt and equity securities  considered by the OTS
to be of lesser  quality,  as  "substandard,"  "doubtful" or "loss." An asset is
considered  "substandard"  if it is  inadequately  protected  by the current net
worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral  pledged,  if any.
"Substandard"  assets include those characterized by the "distinct  possibility"
that the Bank will sustain "some loss" if the  deficiencies  are not  corrected.
Assets  classified as "doubtful"  have all of the  weaknesses  inherent in those
classified  "substandard,"  with the added  characteristic  that the  weaknesses
present  make  "collection  or  liquidation  in full," on the basis of currently
existing facts,  conditions,  and values,  "highly questionable and improbable."
Assets  classified as "loss" are those  considered  "uncollectible"  and of such
little value that their  continuance  as assets without the  establishment  of a
specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the
Bank to sufficient risk to warrant  classification in one of the  aforementioned
categories,  but possess  weaknesses,  are  required to be  designated  "special
mention" by management.

     When a bank classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it
may establish general  allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by
management.  General  allowances  represent  loss  allowances  which  have  been
established to recognize the inherent risk associated  with lending  activities,
but which,  unlike  specific  allowances,  have not been allocated to particular
problem assets.  When a savings bank classifies  problem assets as "loss," it is
required  either to establish a specific  allowance  for losses equal to 100% of
that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount.  A savings
bank's  determination as to the  classification  of its assets and the amount of
its  valuation  allowances is subject to review by the savings  bank's  Regional
Director  at the  regional  OTS  office,  who may  order  the  establishment  of
additional general or specific loss allowances.

     In connection  with the filing of its periodic  reports with the OTS and in
accordance with its  classification of assets policy, the Bank regularly reviews
the loans in its portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification
in accordance with applicable  regulations.  On the basis of management's review
of its assets,  at December  31,  1998,  the Bank had  classified  a total of $4
million of its assets as  substandard,  $31,000 as doubtful and none as loss. At
December 31, 1998,  total  classified  assets were $4.6 million,  or 1.4% of the
Bank's assets.

     ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES.  The  allowance  for loan losses is  established
through a provision for loan losses based on management's evaluation of the risk
inherent in its loan  portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of its loan
activity.  Such  evaluation,  which  includes  a review of loans for which  full
collectibility may not be reasonably assured, considers among other matters, the

                                       12

<PAGE>



estimated  fair  value  of  the  underlying  collateral,   economic  conditions,
historical  loan loss  experience and other factors that warrant  recognition in
providing for an adequate loan loss allowance.

     Real estate  properties  acquired through  foreclosure are recorded at fair
value. If fair value at the date of foreclosure is lower than the balance of the
related loan, the difference will be charged-off to the allowance at the time of
transfer.  Valuations  are  periodically  updated by management and if the value
declines,  a specific  provision for losses on such property is established by a
charge to operations.

     Although management believes that it uses the best information available to
determine  the  allowances,   unforeseen   market  conditions  could  result  in
adjustments and net earnings could be  significantly  affected if  circumstances
differ   substantially   from  the   assumptions   used  in  making   the  final
determination.  Future additions to the Company's  allowances will be the result
of periodic loan,  property and collateral  reviews and thus cannot be predicted
in  advance.  In the fourth  quarter of fiscal  1997,  the  Company  provided an
allowance of $1.5  million for certain  loans.  These loans were  primarily of a
commercial  nature.  A portion of this  provision  was reversed in 1998 due to a
favorable  outcome in the settlement of some of the loans. At December 31, 1998,
the Company had a total  allowance for loan losses of $3.2  million,  or 1.4% of
loans  receivable,  net.  See  Note 4 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements in the Company's  Annual Report to  Stockholders  filed as Exhibit 13
hereto.

     The following  table sets forth an analysis of the Company's  allowance for
loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998            1997          1996          1995          1994
                                               ------------     -----------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>


Balance at beginning of period............       $3,922          $1,716       $   774         $774          $774
Beginning balance acquisition.............          ---             ---           577          ---           ---

Charge-offs:
  One-to-four family......................           28              79            34            6           ---
  Consumer................................          228             ---           ---          ---
  Commercial..............................          122             ---           ---          ---           ---
Recoveries................................           19             ---           ---          ---           ---
                                                 ------       ---------      --------       ------        ------

Net charge-offs...........................          359              79            34            6           ---
Additions charged to operations...........         (363)          2,285           399            6           ---
                                                -------       --------      --------       ------        ------
Balance at end of period..................       $3,200          $3,922        $1,716         $774          $774
                                                 ======        ========      ========       ======        ======

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
   average loans outstanding during the period..    .14%            ---           .01%         ---           ---%
                                                   ====         =======          ----      =======           ===

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to       8.6%           3.81%         1.66%        2.99%          ---%
 average non- performing assets.........           ====            ====          ====         ====           ===

</TABLE>



                                       13

<PAGE>



     The  distribution  of the  Company's  allowance  for losses on loans at the
dates indicated is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 31,
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1998                      1997                     1996
                              ----------------------   -----------------------   ----------------------
                                           Percent                    Percent                    Percent
                                           of Loans                   of Loans                  of Loans
                                           in Each                    in Each                    in Each
                                           Category                   Category                  Category
                                           to Total                   to Total                  to Total
                                Amount      Loans         Amount       Loans          Amount     Loans
                              ---------  ------------  ------------  ----------     ----------  ---------
                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                           <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>


One-to-four family...........     $519      74.87%       $  669         79.10%        $  636      82.07%
Multi-family.................       55       5.25           190          3.97            197       4.23
Commercial real estate.......      828       8.74         1,338          7.61            504       6.96
Consumer.....................      510       6.56           548          5.38             81       2.27
Construction.................        3       1.65            72          2.57             46       3.71
Commercial...................      585       2.93           432          1.37             38        .76
Unallocated..................      700        ---           673           ---            214        ---
                               -------   --------       -------      --------         ------    -------
     Total...................   $3,200     100.00%       $3,922        100.00%        $1,716     100.00%
                                ======     ======        ======        ======         ======     ======

</TABLE>


INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     The Bank must maintain minimum levels of investments that qualify as liquid
assets under OTS regulations.  Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon
the  availability of funds and comparative  yields on investments in relation to
the return on loans. Historically,  the Bank has generally maintained its liquid
assets above the minimum  requirements  imposed by the OTS  regulations and at a
level  believed  adequate  to meet  requirements  of  normal  daily  activities,
repayment of maturing debt and potential  deposit  outflows.  As of December 31,
1998,  the  Bank's  liquidity  ratios  (liquid  assets  as a  percentage  of net
withdrawable  savings  deposits and current  borrowings)  was in compliance with
applicable regulations. See "Regulation - Liquidity."

     Federally  chartered  savings  institutions have the authority to invest in
various types of liquid assets,  including  United States Treasury  obligations,
securities  of various  federal  agencies,  certain  certificates  of deposit of
insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers' acceptances, repurchase
agreements  and  federal  funds.  Subject  to  various  restrictions,  federally
chartered savings institutions may also invest their assets in commercial paper,
investment grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform
to the investments that a federally  chartered savings  institution is otherwise
authorized to make directly.

     Generally,  the  investment  policy of the Company is to invest funds among
various  categories of investments and maturities  based upon the Company's need
for liquidity, to achieve the proper balance between its desire to minimize risk
and maximize  yield, to provide  collateral for  borrowings,  and to fulfill the
Company's asset/liability management policies.

     At December 31, 1998, the Company's cash and  interest-bearing  deposits in
other financial institutions totaled $13.9 million, or 4.2% of total assets. The
Company  also has a $6.9 million  investment  in the common stock of the FHLB of
Cincinnati in order to satisfy the requirement for membership therein.

                                       14

<PAGE>



     OTS  regulations   restrict   investments  in  corporate  debt  and  equity
securities  by  the  Bank.  These  restrictions   include  prohibitions  against
investments  in the debt  securities  of any one  issuer in excess of 15% of the
Bank's  unimpaired   capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  as  defined  by  federal
regulations,  plus an  additional  10% if the  investments  are fully secured by
readily marketable collateral.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank was in compliance
with  this  regulation.   See  "Regulation  -  Federal   Regulation  of  Savings
Institutions"  for  a  discussion  of  additional  restrictions  on  the  Bank's
investment activities.

     The following table sets forth the composition of the Company's  investment
portfolio at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            December 31,
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998                            1997                            1996
                                        ---------------------          -------------------------       ----------------------
                                           Book       % of               Book           % of             Book        % of
                                          Value      Total               Value          Total            Value       Total
                                        ---------  ----------          ----------    -----------       ----------  ----------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>                <C>           <C>               <C>         <C>

Investment Securities:
  U.S. Treasury securities..........   $    502        1.56%             $   501         .88%           $   794        1.50%
  Federal agency obligations........     14,900       46.25               21,820       38.24             35,298       66.79
                                       --------       -----               ------       -----             ------      ------

     Subtotal.......................     15,402       47.81               22,321       39.12             36,092       68.29
                                       --------       -----               ------       -----             ------      ------
FHLB stock..........................      6,948       21.57                6,470       11.34              5,862       11.09
Freddie Mac stock...................        ---         ---                  134         .23                  3         ---
                                       --------       -----               ------       -----             ------      ------
     Total investment securities and
        FHLB/Freddie Mac stock......     22,350       69.38               28,925       50.69             41,957       79.38
                                       --------       -----               ------       -----             ------      ------
Average remaining life of investment
   securities.......................         12.88 years                      7.51 years                       4.78 years


Other Interest-Earning Assets:
  Interest-bearing deposits with banks    4,550       14.12               22,022       38.60              2,747        5.20
  Federal funds sold................      5,317       16.50                6,110       10.71              8,148       15.42
                                        -------      ------              -------      ------            -------      ------
     Total..........................    $32,217      100.00%             $57,057      100.00            $52,852      100.00%
                                        =======      ======              =======     =======            =======      ======
Average remaining life or term to
 repricing of investment securities and
 other interest-earning assets, excluding
 FHLB/Freddie Mac stock.............          7.88 years                      3.32 years                    3.77 years

</TABLE>



     The  composition  and  maturities of the investment  securities  portfolio,
excluding FHLB of Cincinnati stock, are indicated in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                           December 31, 1998
                                             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Less Than       1 to 5          Over 5
                                                1 Year        Years           Years        Total Investment Securities
                                             ------------   -----------    ------------    --------------------------------
                                              Book Value    Book Value      Book Value     Book Value       Market Value
                                             -------------  ------------   ------------    -----------     --------------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>


U.S. Treasury securities...................      $502        $ --- $             ---          $  502           $502
Federal agency obligations.................       ---          ---            14,900          14,900         14,900
                                               ------        -----            ------          ------         ------

Total investment securities................      $502         $---           $14,900         $15,402        $15,402
                                                 ====         ====           =======         =======        =======

Weighted average yield.....................      6.31%        ---%              6.35%           6.35%          6.35%

</TABLE>



     MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The Company had a $50.0 million  portfolio of
mortgage-  backed  securities at December 31, 1998, all of which were insured or
guaranteed  by Fannie Mae,  Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac.  Accordingly,  management
believes  that the  Company's  mortgage-backed  securities  are  generally  more
resistant to credit problems than loans,  which generally lack such insurance or
guarantees.  Because these securities  represent a pass through of principal and
interest  from  underlying  individual  30-year  mortgages,  such  securities do
present  prepayment risk. Any such individual  security contains  mortgages that
can be prepaid at any time over the life of the security.  In a rising  interest
rate  environment  the  underlying  mortgages  are likely to extend  their lives
versus a stable or declining rate environment.  A declining rate environment can
result in rapid  prepayment.  There is no certainty  as to the security  life or
speed of prepayment. The geographic makeup and correlated economic conditions of
the underlying mortgages also play an important role in determining  prepayment.
In addition to  prepayment  risk,  interest rate risk is inherent in holding any
debt  security.  As interest  rates rise the value of the security  declines and
conversely   as   interest   rates   decline   values   rise.    Adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed  securities  have the  advantage of moving their  interest  rate
within  limits  with  the  contractual  index  used,  subject  to  the  risk  of
prepayment.   Interest  rate  adjustments  to  $2.0  million  of  the  Company's
adjustable-rate  mortgage-backed  securities  are tied to the One Year  Constant
Maturity  Treasury  Index,  $7.6 million are tied to the 11th  District  cost of
funds and  $111,000  are tied to the six month  treasury.  At December 31, 1998,
19.5% of the Company's  mortgage-backed  securities consisted of adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed securities.

     Mortgage-backed  securities  can serve as collateral  for  borrowings  and,
through  sales  and  repayments,  as a  source  of  liquidity.  For  information
regarding  the  carrying  and  market  values of the  Company's  mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio,  see  Note  3 of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements in the Company's  Annual Report to  Stockholders  filed as Exhibit 13
hereto. Under the OTS risk-based capital requirement, mortgage-backed securities
have a risk  weight of 20% (or 0% in the case of  Government  National  Mortgage
Association   securities)  in  contrast  to  the  50%  risk  weight  carried  by
residential  loans. See "Regulation."  Management has purchased  mortgage-backed
securities in order to supplement loan originations and includes adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed   securities  to  mitigate  the   consequences  of  an  entirely
fixed-rate  mortgage  portfolio.  The CMO  securities  held by the Company carry
certain risks. The principal represented by such securities may be repaid over a
longer period than that assumed in management's  initial purchase analysis which
may hamper certain aspects of the Company's asset/liability management strategy.
In addition,  these securities have maximum interest rate caps. If and as market
interest rate levels  approach these caps, the value of the underlying  security
will  decline.  As of December 31, 1998,  the Company held $10.1  million of CMO
securities.


                                       15

<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth the contractual  maturities of the Company's
mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Due in              Due in         Due In Over           December 31, 1998
                               1 to 5 years        6 to 10 years      10 Years           Balance Outstanding
                              ---------------   ------------------  ----------------  ---------------------------
                                                               (In Thousands)
<S>                           <C>               <C>                 <C>                <C>



Freddie Mac..............       $   952             $681              $ 3,956            $  5,589
Fannie Mae...............           ---              ---                9,048               9,048
CMOs.....................         4,855              490                4,780              10,125
Ginnie Mae...............            17              ---               25,265              25,282
                                 ------           ------               ------            --------
Total mortgage-backed
   securities............        $5,824           $1,171              $43,049             $50,044
                                 ======           ======              =======             =======

Weighted average yield...          6.29             7.44                 6.53                6.52

</TABLE>


SOURCES OF FUNDS

     GENERAL.  The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits,  borrowings,
repayment of loan principal, sales and repayments of mortgage-backed securities,
maturing  investments  in  certificates  of  deposit,  and funds  provided  from
operations.  Borrowings,  consisting of FHLB  advances,  may be used at times to
compensate for seasonal  reductions in deposits or deposit  inflows at less than
projected  levels,  and may be used on a longer-term  basis to support  expanded
lending activities.

     DEPOSITS.  The Company offers a variety of deposit  accounts  having a wide
range of interest rates and terms.  The Company's  deposits  consist of passbook
and statement savings accounts,  NOW, demand and money market fund accounts, and
certificate  accounts ranging in terms from six months to ten years. The Company
only  solicits  deposits from its market area and does not currently use brokers
to  obtain  deposits.  The  Company  relies  primarily  on  competitive  pricing
policies, advertising and customer service to attract and retain these deposits.

     The variety of deposit accounts offered by the Company has allowed it to be
competitive  in obtaining  funds and to respond with  flexibility  to changes in
consumer  demand.   The  Company  has  become  more  susceptible  to  short-term
fluctuations  in deposit  flows,  as customers  have become more  interest  rate
conscious.  The  Company  endeavors  to manage the  pricing of its  deposits  in
keeping with its asset/liability  management and profitability  objectives.  The
ability of the Company to attract and maintain  certificates of deposit accounts
and  the  rates  paid on  these  deposits  has  been  and  will  continue  to be
significantly affected by market conditions.

                                       16

<PAGE>



     The following  table sets forth the savings flows at the Company during the
periods indicated.  The flow of deposits is influenced  significantly by general
economic conditions,  changes in money market and prevailing interest rates, and
competition.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1998                   1997                1996
                                                      ----------------      -----------------   ----------------------
                                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>                   <C>


Opening balance..................................        $246,909             $233,203              $139,129
Net deposits (withdrawals).......................         (70,114)(1)           (4,220)               80,678(2)
Interest credited................................          16,171               17,926                13,396
                                                       ----------             --------             ---------

Ending balance...................................        $192,966             $246,909              $233,203
                                                         ========             ========              ========

Net increase (decrease)..........................        $(53,943)            $ 13,706              $ 94,074
                                                         =========            ========              ========

Percent increase (decrease)......................           21.8%                  5.8 %                67.6%
                                                            ====                  ====                  ====

</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1)    Net deposit  decrease is primarily due to the sale of $84,365 in deposits
       related to the  Cincinnati  area  branch  sales in 1998.  
(2)    Net deposit  increase is primarily  due to the Company's  acquisition  of
       Mayflower and Seven Hills during fiscal 1996.

     The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in the
various  types of  deposit  programs  offered  by the  Company  for the  periods
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        1998                      1997                         1996
                                               ----------------------      ----------------------       -----------------
                                                              Percent                    Percent                  Percent
                                                 Amount       of Total       Amount      of Total        Amount  of Total
                                               ---------     --------      ---------    ----------      -------  --------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>      <C>


TRANSACTIONS AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS:

Passbook and Savings Accounts......              $13,629        7.06%       $22,115        8.96          $27,981    12.00%
NOW Accounts........................              12,708        6.59         12,186        4.94           10,074     4.32
Money Market Accounts...............              49,084       25.44         37,182       15.06           19,664     8.43
                                                  ------      ------         ------       -----          -------   ------

Total Non-Certificates..............              75,421       39.09         71,483       28.96          57,719     24.75
                                                  ------       -----         ------       ------         -------   ------

CERTIFICATES:

 0.00 -  3.49%......................                534          .28            785         .32             971       .42
 3.50 -  5.49%......................             28,353        14.69         27,688       11.21          45,927     19.70
 5.50 -  7.49%......................             88,100        45.65        146,319       59.26         121,281     52.00
 7.50 -  9.49%......................                558          .29            634         .25           7,305      3.13
                                                -------      -------     ----------    --------        --------    ------

Total Certificates..................            117,545        60.91        175,426       71.04         175,484     75.25
                                                -------       ------        -------       -----        --------    ------
Total Deposits......................           $192,966       100.00       $246,909      100.00        $233,203    100.00%
                                               ========       ======       ========      ======        ========    ======
</TABLE>



                                       17

<PAGE>



     The following  table shows rate and maturity  information for the Company's
certificates of deposit as of December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     0.00-        3.50-        5.50-      7.50-                   Percent
                                                     3.49%        5.49%        7.49%      9.49%      Total        of Total
                                                   ---------- ------------   ---------- ---------- ---------  ---------------
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>

Certificate accounts maturing in quarter ending:
- -------------------------------------------------

March 31, 1999..........................            $  75       $2,676        $ 4,490     $ ---       $ 7,241            6.16%
June 30, 1999...........................              163        3,981         12,773       141        17,058           14.51
September 30, 1999......................               50        2,201         13,831       ---        16,082           13.68
December 31, 1999.......................               15        4,494         12,112       ---        16,621           14.14
March 31, 2000..........................               33        1,223         16,229       ---        17,485           14.88
June 30, 2000...........................                6        3,734         10,963       ---        14,703           12.51
September 30, 2000......................                2        4,006          2,331        55         6,394            5.44
December 31, 2000.......................               78        2,420          1,764        30         4,292            3.65
March 31, 2001..........................                3          367          1,258       ---         1,628            1.39
June 30, 2001...........................               13          ---          3,188        27         3,228            2.75
September 30, 2001......................                7          628          5,307       ---         5,942            5.05
December 31, 2001.......................                3        2,148            202       154         2,507            2.13
Thereafter..............................               86          475          3,652       151         4,364            3.71
                                                     ----       ------       --------      ----    ----------         -------

   Total................................             $534      $28,353        $88,100      $558      $117,545          100.00%
                                                     ====      =======        =======      ====      ========          ======

   Percent of total.....................             0.46%       24.12%         74.95%     0.47%       100.00%
                                                     ====        =====          =====      ====        ======

</TABLE>


     The following table  indicates the amount of the Company's  certificates of
deposit and other deposits by time  remaining  until maturity as of December 31,
1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Maturity
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            3 Months         3 to 6         6 to 12            Over
                                             or Less          Months          Months        12 months         Total
                                          -------------     -----------    ------------   -------------  -----------------
                                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>


Certificates of deposit less
 than $100,000...................          $6,343            $15,054         $28,352        $53,455         $103,204
Certificates of deposit of
 $100,000 or more................             898              2,004           4,351          7,088           14,341
                                          -------          ---------        --------       --------        ---------
Total certificates of deposit....          $7,241            $17,058         $32,703        $60,543         $117,545
                                           ======            =======         =======        =======         ========

</TABLE>


     BORROWINGS. Another source of funds includes advances from the FHLB of
Cincinnati.  As a member of the FHLB of Cincinnati,  the Bank is required to own
capital stock and is authorized to apply for advances.  Each FHLB credit program
has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or variable,  and includes a range
of maturities. The FHLB of Cincinnati may prescribe the acceptable uses to which
these  advances may be put, as well as  limitations  in the size of the advances
and repayment provisions.

     Beginning in 1995,  the Bank utilized a higher level and a wider variety of
FHLB  advances  than  it had in the  past.  These  advances  were  utilized  for
increased  investments and lending. The FHLB advances were secured by the Bank's
blanket  agreement  for  advances  and  security  agreement  and are not tied to
specific investments or loans. Fixed rate advances of $20 million were taken to

                                       18

<PAGE>



fund the purchase of callable  securities.  The remainder of the borrowing  were
variable-rate or fixed-rate in nature and was intended to fund mortgages.

     The following  table sets forth the maximum  month-end  balance and average
balance of FHLB advances for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1998                 1997                 1996
                                                     ---------------      ----------------   -----------------
                                                                             (In Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>

Maximum Balance:
  FHLB advances....................................    $88,256               $113,112              $102,602

Average Balance:
  FHLB advances....................................    $62,802               $ 97,414              $ 79,665

</TABLE>


     The following  table sets forth certain  information  as to the Bank's FHLB
advances at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               December 31,
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1998                    1997                  1996
                                                   -------------         ------------------   -------------------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>                    <C>                  <C>



FHLB advances......................................    $85,252               $68,339                $102,602

Weighted average interest rate of
 FHLB advances.....................................       5.30%                 5.85%                   5.84%

</TABLE>


SERVICE CORPORATION ACTIVITIES

     Federal savings  institutions  generally may invest a limited percentage of
their assets in service corporations.  In addition, federal savings institutions
may invest up to 50% of their  regulatory  capital in conforming  loans to their
service  corporations.  In  addition  to  investments  in service  corporations,
federal  savings  institutions  are  permitted to invest an unlimited  amount in
operating  subsidiaries  engaged  solely in activities in which federal  savings
institutions may engage directly.

     At December 31, 1998, the Bank had a net book value investment of $5,000 in
Springfield-Home  Community  Reinvestment  Corporation  ("Springfield-Home"),  a
50%-owned service corporation, for low income housing lending.

     At December 31, 1998,  the Bank had a net book  investment of $(200,000) in
West Central Financial  Services,  an operating  subsidiary  created to generate
consumer  lending  that does not overlap  with the  Company's  current  consumer
lending.  In addition,  the Bank had a net book  investment  of $(3,000) in West
Central Mortgage Services,  an operating subsidiary created to generate mortgage
loans in areas outside of the Bank's normal lending area.


                                       19

<PAGE>



COMPETITION

     The Company faces strong  competition,  both in originating real estate and
other loans and in attracting  deposits.  Competition in originating real estate
loans comes primarily from commercial banks, other savings institutions,  credit
unions and mortgage  bankers  making loans secured by real estate located in the
Company's  market  area.  The Company  competes  for real estate and other loans
principally  on the basis of the quality of  services it provides to  borrowers,
and loan fees it charges, and the types of loans it originates.

     The  Company  attracts  all of its  deposits  through  its  retail  banking
offices,  primarily from the  communities in which those retail banking  offices
are located;  therefore,  competition  for those  deposits is  principally  from
commercial banks, other savings institutions,  credit unions and brokerage firms
located in the same  communities.  The Company  competes  for these  deposits by
offering a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates, convenient business
hours, and convenient  branch locations with interbranch  deposit and withdrawal
privileges at each.


                                   REGULATION
GENERAL

     The Bank is a federally  chartered savings bank.  Accordingly,  the Bank is
subject to broad federal regulation extending to all its operations. The Bank is
a member of the FHLB of Cincinnati and subject to certain limited  regulation by
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal  Reserve Board").
As a savings and loan  holding  company,  the Company also is subject to federal
regulation and oversight. The purpose of the regulation of the Company and other
holding  companies is to protect  subsidiary  savings  associations.  The Bank's
deposits  are  federally  insured  by the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund
("SAIF"),  which  together with the Bank  Insurance Fund (the "BIF") are the two
deposit insurance funds administered by the FDIC, and their deposits are insured
by the FDIC.  As a  result,  the FDIC has  certain  regulatory  and  examination
authority over the Banks.

     Certain of these  regulatory  requirements  and  restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

FEDERAL REGULATION OF SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS

     The OTS has extensive  authority  over the  operations  of federal  savings
institutions.  As part of this authority,  the Bank is required to file periodic
reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and the
FDIC.  When  these  examinations  are  conducted  by the OTS and the  FDIC,  the
examiners may require an  institution  to provide for higher general or specific
loan  loss  reserves.   All  federal  savings  institutions  are  subject  to  a
semi-annual  assessment,  based upon the institution's total assets, to fund OTS
operations.  The Bank's OTS  assessment  for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1998 was $93,000.

     The OTS also has extensive  enforcement  authority over all federal savings
institutions  and  their  holding   companies,   including  the  Company.   This
enforcement authority includes,  among other things, the ability to assess civil
money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and

                                       20

<PAGE>



to initiate  injunctive  actions.  In general,  these enforcement actions may be
initiated  for  violations  of  laws  and  regulations  and  unsafe  or  unsound
practices.  Other  actions or  inactions  may provide the basis for  enforcement
action,  including  misleading or untimely  reports  filed with the OTS.  Except
under certain  circumstances,  public disclosure of final enforcement actions by
the OTS is required.

     In addition, the investment, lending and branching authority of the Bank is
prescribed  by  federal  laws and  they  are  prohibited  from  engaging  in any
activities  not  permitted  by such  laws.  For  instance,  no  federal  savings
institution may invest in  non-investment  grade corporate debt  securities.  In
addition,  the permissible level of investment by federal  institutions in loans
secured by  non-residential  real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,
except with approval of the OTS. Federal savings institutions are also generally
authorized  to  branch  nationwide.  The Bank is in  compliance  with the  noted
restrictions.

     The Bank's general permissible lending limit for  loans-to-one-borrower  is
equal to the  greater of  $500,000  or 15% of  unimpaired  capital  and  surplus
(except for loans fully secured by certain  readily  marketable  collateral,  in
which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus). At
December 31, 1998,  the Bank's  lending  limit under this  restriction  was $6.4
million. The Bank is in compliance with the loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

     The  OTS,  as well as the  other  federal  banking  agencies,  has  adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  asset quality,  earnings  standards,  internal
controls and audit  systems,  interest rate risk exposure and  compensation  and
other  employee  benefits.  Any  institution  which  fails to comply  with these
standards must submit a compliance plan.

INSURANCE OF ACCOUNTS AND REGULATION BY THE FDIC

     The Bank's  deposits are insured by the SAIF,  which is administered by the
FDIC.  Deposits  are  insured  up to  applicable  limits  by the  FDIC  and such
insurance  is  backed  by  the  full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States
Government.  As insurer,  the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums and is
authorized to conduct  examinations of and to require  reporting by FDIC-insured
institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in
any activity the FDIC  determines  by regulation or order to pose a serious risk
to the SAIF or the BIF. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate  enforcement
actions  against  savings  associations,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to
take such action,  and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that
the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,  or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

     The FDIC's  deposit  insurance  premiums are assessed  through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions classified as
well  capitalized  (I.E., a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a ratio of Tier 1
or core capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based  capital") of at
least 6% and a risk-based  capital ratio of at least 10%) and considered healthy
pay the  lowest  premium  while  institutions  that  are  less  than  adequately
capitalized (I.E., core or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of less than 4% or a
risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%)  and  considered  of  substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

                                       21

<PAGE>



     The FDIC is authorized to increase assessment rates, on a semiannual basis,
if it  determines  that the  reserve  ratio of the  SAIF  will be less  than the
designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments  on SAIF  members to repay
amounts  borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.

     Effective  January 1, 1997,  the premium  schedule for BIF and SAIF insured
institutions ranged from 0 to 27 basis points. However SAIF-insured institutions
are required to pay a Financing  Corporation  ("FICO")  assessment,  in order to
fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s, equal
to approximately 6.48 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits, while BIF
insured  institutions pay an assessment equal to approximately 1.52 basis points
for each $100 in domestic deposits.  The assessment is expected to be reduced to
2.43 basis points no later than January 1, 2000,  when BIF insured  institutions
fully  participate in the assessment.  These  assessments,  which may be revised
based  upon the level of BIF and SAIF  deposits  will  continue  until the bonds
mature in the year 2017.

REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     Federally  insured  savings  association are required to maintain a minimum
level  of  regulatory  capital.  The  OTS  has  established  capital  standards,
including a tangible  capital  requirement,  a leverage  ratio (or core capital)
requirement  and a risk-based  capital  requirement  applicable  to such savings
associations.  These capital  requirements must be generally as stringent as the
comparable  capital  requirements for national banks. The OTS is also authorized
to  impose  capital  requirements  in excess of these  standards  on  individual
associations on a case-by-case basis.

     The  capital  regulations  require  tangible  capital  of at least  1.5% of
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank
had an intangible asset of mortgage servicing rights of $28,000.

     The OTS  regulations  establish  special  capitalization  requirements  for
savings associations that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national  banks or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers are  "includable"  subsidiaries  that are consolidated for capital
purposes in proportion to the association's  level of ownership.  For excludable
subsidiaries,  the debt and equity investments in such subsidiaries are deducted
from assets and capital. The Bank's subsidiaries are includable subsidiaries.

     At December 31, 1998, the Bank had tangible  capital of $41.1  million,  or
 .26% of  adjusted  total  assets,  which  is $12.6  million  above  the  minimum
requirement of 1.5% of adjusted total assets in effect on that date.


                                       22

<PAGE>



     The capital  standards  also require  core capital  equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible  assets,  including a limited amount of purchased credit card
relationships.  At December 31,  1998,  the Bank had no  intangibles  which were
subject to these tests. As a result of the prompt  corrective  action provisions
discussed  below,  however,  a savings  association must maintain a core capital
ratio  of at  least  4% to  be  considered  adequately  capitalized  unless  its
supervisory condition is such to allow it to maintain a 3% ratio.

     At December 31, 1998, the Bank had core capital equal to $41.1 million,  or
12.6% of  adjusted  total  assets,  which is $28.0  million  above  the  minimum
leverage ratio requirement of 4% as in effect on that date.

     The OTS risk-based  requirement requires savings associations to have total
capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets.  Total capital consists of core
capital,  as defined above, and  supplementary  capital.  Supplementary  capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  association  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of non-traditional  activities.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank had
no capital instruments that qualify as supplementary capital and $1.7 million of
general loss reserves, which was less than 1.0% of risk-weighted assets.

     Certain  exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for the
purpose  of  calculating  total  capital.  Such  exclusions  consist  of  equity
investments  (as  defined  by  regulation)  and that  portion  of land loans and
nonresidential  construction  loans in excess of an 80% loan-to-value  ratio and
reciprocal  holdings of  qualifying  capital  instruments.  The Bank had no such
exclusions from capital and assets at December 31, 1998.

     In determining the amount of risk-weighted  assets,  all assets,  including
certain  off-balance sheet items,  will be multiplied by a risk weight,  ranging
from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk inherent in the type of asset.  For example,
the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for prudently  underwritten  permanent
one-to-four  family first lien mortgage  loans not more than 90 days  delinquent
and  having a  loan-to-value  ratio of not more than 80% at  origination  unless
insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

     OTS regulations also require that every savings  association with more than
normal  interest  rate risk  exposure  to deduct  from its  total  capital,  for
purposes of determining compliance with such requirement, an amount equal to 50%
of its  interest-rate  risk  exposure  multiplied  by the  present  value of its
assets. This exposure is a measure of the potential decline in the net portfolio
value of a savings  association,  greater  than 2% of the  present  value of its
assets,  based upon a  hypothetical  200 basis  point  increase  or  decrease in
interest rates (whichever results in a greater decline).  Net portfolio value is
the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows  from  assets,   liabilities  and
off-balance  sheet  contracts.  The rule will not become effective until the OTS
evaluates the process by which savings  associations may appeal an interest rate
risk deduction determination.  It is uncertain as to when this evaluation may be
completed. Any savings institution with less than $300 million in

                                       23

<PAGE>



assets  and a  total  capital  ratio  in  excess  of 12%  is  exempt  from  this
requirement unless the OTS determines otherwise.

     On December  31,  1998,  the Bank had total  capital (as defined  above) of
$42.8 million  (including $41.1 million in core capital and $1.7 of general loss
reserves) and risk-weighted  assets of $177.4 million; or total capital of 24.2%
of  risk-weighted   assets.  This  amount  was  $28.7  million  above  the  8.0%
requirement in effect on that date.

     The OTS and the  FDIC  are  authorized  and,  under  certain  circumstances
required, to take certain actions against savings associations that fail to meet
their capital requirements. ____ The OTS is generally required to take action to
restrict the activities of an "undercapitalized  association" (generally defined
to be  one  with  less  than  either  a 4%  core  capital  ratio,  a 4%  Tier  1
risked-based  capital  ratio  or an  8%  risk-based  capital  ratio).  Any  such
association  must  submit a  capital  restoration  plan and  until  such plan is
approved by the OTS may not increase its assets,  acquire  another  institution,
establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and generally may not make
capital   distributions.   The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional
restrictions that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations.

     As a condition to the approval of the capital restoration plan, any company
controlling an undercapitalized association must agree that it will enter into a
limited  capital  maintenance   guarantee  with  respect  to  the  institution's
achievement of its capital requirements.

     Any savings  association  that fails to comply with its capital  plan or is
"significantly undercapitalized" (I.E., Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios
of less  than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less  than 6%) must be made
subject  to  one  or  more  of  additional   specified   actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   association.   An  association  that  becomes
"critically  undercapitalized" (I.E., a tangible capital ratio of 2% or less) is
subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those
applicable to significantly  undercapitalized associations. In addition, the OTS
must appoint a receiver (or conservator  with the concurrence of the FDIC) for a
savings  association,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  association is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.

     The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an  association  into a
lower capital category and impose the  restrictions  applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

     The  imposition by the OTS or the FDIC of any of these measures on the Bank
may  have  a  substantial  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's   operations  and
profitability.  The Company's  stockholders do not have preemptive  rights,  and
therefore, if the Company is directed by the OTS or the FDIC to issue additional
shares of  Common  Stock,  such  issuance  may  result  in the  dilution  in the
percentage of ownership of the Company.


                                       24

<PAGE>



LIMITATIONS ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER CAPITAL DISTRIBUTIONS

     OTS regulations  impose various  restrictions on savings  associations with
respect  to  their  ability  to make  distributions  of  capital  which  include
dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,   cash-out  mergers  and  other
transactions  charged to the capital  account.  OTS regulations  also prohibit a
savings  association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing
any of its stock if, as a result,  the  regulatory  capital  of the  association
would be reduced below the amount  required to be maintained for the liquidation
account established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.

     Generally,   savings  associations  that  before  and  after  the  proposed
distribution  meet their capital  requirements,  may make capital  distributions
during  any  calendar  year  equal to the  greater of 100% of net income for the
year-to-date  plus 50% of the  amount by which the  lesser of the  association's
tangible,  core or risk-based  capital exceeds its capital  requirement for such
capital component,  as measured at the beginning of the calendar year, or 75% of
their  net  income  for  the  most  recent  four  quarter  period.  However,  an
association  deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by the OTS may
have its dividend authority restricted by the OTS. The Bank may pay dividends in
accordance with this general authority.

     Savings  associations  proposing to make any capital distribution need only
submit  written  notice to the OTS 30 days prior to such  distribution.  Savings
associations  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum  capital
requirements following a proposed capital distribution, however, must obtain OTS
approval  prior  to  making  such  distribution.  The  OTS  may  object  to  the
distribution  during that 30-day  period  notice  based on safety and  soundness
concerns. See "- Regulatory Capital Requirements."

     Effective April 1, 1999, OTS regulations  will permit savings  associations
(not in a holding company) to declare and pay dividends upon prior notice to the
OTS,  provided the dividend does not exceed the  association's net earnings year
to date plus the prior two-year net earnings  available for  dividends,  and the
association  would remain  adequately  capitalized (as defined in the OTS prompt
corrective action regulations) following the proposed dividend.

LIQUIDITY

     All savings  associations are required to maintain an average daily balance
of liquid  assets equal to a certain  percentage of the average daily balance of
its liquidity base during the preceding  calendar quarter or a percentage of the
amount of its liquidity  base at the end of the preceding  quarter.  This liquid
asset  ratio  requirement  may  vary  from  time to time  (between  4% and  10%)
depending   upon   economic   conditions   and  savings  flows  of  all  savings
associations.  At the present  time,  the minimum  liquid  asset ratio is 4%. At
December 31, 1998,  the Bank was in  compliance  with its  regulatory  liquidity
ratio.

QUALIFIED THRIFT LENDER TEST

     All savings  associations  are required to meet a qualified  thrift  lender
("QTL")  test to avoid  certain  restrictions  on their  operations.  This  test
requires a savings  association to have at least 65% of its portfolio assets (as
defined by regulation) in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average

                                       25

<PAGE>



for nine out of every 12 months  on a  rolling  basis.  As an  alternative,  the
savings  association may maintain 60% of its assets in those assets specified in
Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under either test, such assets
primarily  consist of  residential  housing  related loans and  investments.  At
December 31,  1998,  the Bank met the test and has always met the test since its
effective date.

     Any savings  association  that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to a
national bank charter,  unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter  remains a
QTL. If an  association  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter,  it must remain  SAIF-insured  until the FDIC permits it to transfer to
the BIF.  If such an  association  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible  for both a  savings  association  and a  national  bank,  and it is
limited to national bank branching  rights in its home state.  In addition,  the
association is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is
subject to national  bank limits for payment of dividends.  If such  association
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
institution  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure,  the holding  company must register as a bank
holding  company  and  become  subject  to  all  restrictions  on  bank  holding
companies. (See "- Holding Company Regulation.")

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT

     Under  the  Community   Reinvestment   Act  ("CRA"),   every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in  connection  with the  examination  of the
Banks,  to assess the  institution's  record of meeting the credit  needs of its
community  and to take such record  into  account in its  evaluation  of certain
applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by the Bank. An
unsatisfactory  rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application
by the OTS.

     The federal banking agencies,  including the OTS, have recently revised the
CRA regulations and the methodology for determining an institution's  compliance
with the CRA. Due to the heightened attention being given to the CRA in the past
few years,  the Bank may be required to devote  additional  funds for investment
and lending in its local community.  The Bank was examined for CRA compliance in
1997 and received a rating of satisfactory.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

     Generally,  transactions  between a savings association or its subsidiaries
and its affiliates  are required to be on terms as favorable to the  association
as transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain of these transactions,
such  as  loans  to  an  affiliate,  are  restricted  to  a  percentage  of  the
association's  capital.  Affiliates  of the Bank  include  the  Company  and any
company  which is under  common  control with the Bank.  In addition,  a savings
association may not lend to any affiliate

                                       26

<PAGE>



engaged in activities not  permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the
securities  of most  affiliates.  Springfield-Home  is not deemed an  affiliate;
however,   the  OTS  has  the  discretion  to  treat   subsidiaries  of  savings
institutions as affiliates on a case by case basis.

     Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons are
also  subject to  conflict of interest  regulations  enforced by the OTS.  These
conflict of interest  regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on
loans to such persons and their  related  interests.  Among other  things,  such
loans must be made on terms  substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated
individuals.

HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

     The Company is a unitary  savings and loan  Company  subject to  regulatory
oversight  by the OTS. As such,  the  Company is  required to register  and file
reports with the OTS and is subject to regulation and examination by the OTS. In
addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the Company and its non-savings
association  subsidiaries  which also  permits  the OTS to  restrict or prohibit
activities  that are determined to be a serious risk to the  subsidiary  savings
association.

     As a unitary savings and loan company, the Company generally is not subject
to activity  restrictions.  If the Company  acquires  control of another savings
association  as a separate  subsidiary,  it would become a multiple  savings and
loan  company,  and the  activities  of the Company and any of its  subsidiaries
(other than the Bank or any other SAIF-insured savings association) would become
subject to such  restrictions  unless such other  associations each qualify as a
QTL and were acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

     If the Bank fails the QTL test, the Company must obtain the approval of the
OTS prior to  continuing  after such  failure,  directly  or  through  its other
subsidiaries,  any  business  activity  other than those  approved  for multiple
savings and loan holding companies or their  subsidiaries.  In addition,  within
one year of such failure the Company must  register as, and will become  subject
to, the  restrictions  applicable  to bank  holding  companies.  The  activities
authorized  for a bank holding  company are more limited than are the activities
authorized for a unitary or multiple savings and loan company.  See "- Qualified
Thrift Lender Test."

     The Company must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring  control of
any other SAIF-insured  association.  Such acquisitions are generally prohibited
if they  result in a  multiple  savings  and loan  company  controlling  savings
associations in more than one state. However,  such interstate  acquisitions are
permitted based on specific state authorization or in a supervisory  acquisition
of a failing savings association.

FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW

     The stock of the Company is  registered  with the SEC under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Accordingly,  the Company
is subject to the information, proxy solicitation,  insider trading restrictions
and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

     Company  stock  held by persons  who are  affiliates  (generally  officers,
directors and principal  stockholders)  of the Company may not be resold without
registration or unless sold in accordance

                                       27

<PAGE>



with certain resale restrictions.  If the Company meets specified current public
information  requirements,  each affiliate of the Company is able to sell in the
public  market,  without  registration,  a  limited  number  of  shares  in  any
three-month period.

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

     The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository  institutions to maintain
non-interest  bearing  reserves at specified  levels  against their  transaction
accounts (primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW checking accounts).  At December
31,  1998,  the Bank was in  compliance  with these  reserve  requirements.  The
balances  maintained  to meet the  reserve  requirements  imposed by the Federal
Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that may be imposed
by the OTS. (See "--Liquidity.")

     Savings associations are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank
"discount window," but Federal Reserve Board regulations require associations to
exhaust  other  reasonable   alternative   sources  of  funds,   including  FHLB
borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM

     The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Cincinnati, which is one of 12 regional
FHLBs,   that   administers  the  home  financing  credit  function  of  savings
associations.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve  or central  bank for its  members
within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from proceeds derived from
the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB  System.  It makes  loans to
members (I.E.,  advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established
by the board of directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing.

     As a member,  the Bank is required to purchase  and  maintain  stock in the
FHLB of  Cincinnati.  At December  31,  1998,  the Bank had $6.9 million in FHLB
stock,  which was in compliance with this  requirement.  In past years, the Bank
had  received  substantial  dividends  on its FHLB  stock.  Over  the past  five
calendar years such dividends have averaged 6.78% and were 7.19% for 1998.

     Under  federal  law  the  FHLBs  are  required  to  provide  funds  for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  associations  and to  contribute  to low- and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction  in value of the  Bank's  FHLB  stock may  result  in a  corresponding
reduction in the Bank's capital.

     For the  year  ended  December  31,  1998,  dividends  paid by the  FHLB of
Cincinnati to the Bank totaled  $478,000,  which  constituted a $37,000 increase
over the amount of dividends received in 1997.

                                       28

<PAGE>

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

     Savings  associations such as the Bank, are permitted to establish reserves
for bad debts and to make annual  additions  thereto which may, within specified
formula limits,  be taken as a deduction in computing taxable income for federal
income  tax  purposes.  The  amount  of  the  bad  debt  reserve  deduction  for
"non-qualifying  loans" is computed under the experience  method.  The amount of
the bad debt reserve  deduction for "qualifying real property loans"  (generally
loans  secured  by  improved  real  estate)  may be  computed  under  either the
experience method or the percentage of taxable income method (based on an annual
election).

     Under the experience  method,  the bad debt reserve  deduction is an amount
determined under a formula based generally upon the bad debts actually sustained
by the savings association over a period of years.

     Since 1987,  the percentage of  specially-computed  taxable income that was
used to compute a savings  association's  bad debt reserve  deduction  under the
percentage of taxable income method (the  "percentage  bad debt  deduction") was
8%. The  percentage  bad debt  deduction thus computed was reduced by the amount
permitted as a deduction for  non-qualifying  loans under the experience method.
The availability of the percentage of taxable income method permitted qualifying
savings  associations to be taxed at a lower  effective  federal income tax rate
than that applicable to corporations generally (approximately 31.3% assuming the
maximum percentage bad debt deduction). Under changes in federal tax law enacted
in August 1996, the  percentage  bad debt deduction has been  eliminated for tax
years  beginning after December 31, 1995.  Accordingly,  this method will not be
available to the Bank for its tax years ending December 31, 1996 and thereafter.

     The  federal  tax  legislation  enacted  in  August  1996  also  imposes  a
requirement  to recapture  into taxable income the portion of the qualifying and
non-qualifying  loan  reserves  in excess of the  "base-year"  balances  of such
reserves.  For the Bank, the base-year  reserves are the balances as of December
31, 1988.  Recapture of the excess  reserves  will occur over a six-year  period
which  could  begin for the Bank as early as the tax year  ending  December  31,
1996.  Commencement of the recapture period may be delayed,  however,  for up to
two years provided the Bank meets certain residential lending requirements). The
Bank  previously  established,  and will  continue to  maintain,  a deferred tax
liability  with  respect to its federal  tax bad debt  reserves in excess of the
base-year balances;  accordingly, the legislative changes will have no effect on
total income tax expense for financial reporting purposes.

     Also, under the August 1996  legislation,  the Bank's base-year federal tax
bad debt  reserves are "frozen"  and subject to current  recapture  only in very
limited circumstances. Generally, recapture of all or a portion of the base-year
reserves  will be  required if the Bank pays a dividend in excess of the greater
of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, redeems any of its stock, or
is  liquidated.  The Bank has not  established a deferred  federal tax liability
under SFAS No. 109 for its base-year  federal tax bad debt reserves,  as it does
not  anticipate  engaging  in any of the  transactions  that  would  cause  such
reserves to be recaptured.

     In addition to the regular  income  tax,  corporations,  including  savings
associations  such as the Bank,  generally  are  subject  to a minimum  tax.  An
alternative  minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20% on  alternative
minimum taxable income, which is the sum of a

                                       29

<PAGE>

corporation's   regular  taxable  income  (with  certain  adjustments)  and  tax
preference items, less any available exemptions.  The alternative minimum tax is
imposed to the extent it exceeds the  corporation's  regular  income tax and net
operating  losses can  offset no more than 90% of  alternative  minimum  taxable
income.  For taxable years beginning  after 1986 and before 1996,  corporations,
including  savings  associations  such  as the  Bank,  are  also  subject  to an
environmental  tax equal to 0.12% of the excess of alternative  minimum  taxable
income for the taxable year  (determined  without regard to net operating losses
and the deduction for the environmental tax) over $2 million.

     The Bank files  federal  income tax returns on a calendar  year basis using
the accrual method of  accounting.  The Company files federal income tax returns
separately from the Bank.

     The Bank has not been audited by the IRS  recently  with respect to federal
income tax returns. In the opinion of management,  any examination of still open
returns  would not result in a  deficiency  which could have a material  adverse
effect on the financial condition of the Bank.

     OHIO TAXATION.  The Bank is subject to an Ohio franchise tax based on their
net worth plus  certain  reserve  amounts.  Total net worth for this  purpose is
reduced by certain exempted assets.  The resultant net taxable value of stock is
taxed at a rate of 1.5% for 1998.

     Ohio companies in a consolidated group,  including the Company, are subject
to an Ohio franchise tax based on the greater of the tax on net worth or the tax
on net income,  subject to various adjustments and varying rates. Local taxes on
property and income will also be imposed in certain jurisdictions.

     DELAWARE TAXATION.  As a Delaware holding company,  the Company is exempted
from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with
and pay an annual fee to the State of  Delaware.  The Company is also subject to
an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.

                                       30

<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The executive  officers of the Company are elected annually and hold office
until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified  or until
death, resignation or removal by the Board of Directors.  Each executive officer
of the  Company  is  also  an  executive  officer  of  the  Bank.  There  are no
arrangements  or  understandings  between the persons named and any other person
pursuant to which such officers were selected.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



     Name                Age             Positions Held with the Company
- ----------------      ----------  -------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>         <C>

Craig F. Fortin         38          Senior Vice President, Treasurer and
                                     Chief Financial Officer
John T. Heckman         47          Executive Vice President
Gary L. Hicks           47          Executive Vice President
Robert P. Brezing       54          Senior Vice President

</TABLE>


     The  business  experience  of  each  executive  officer  who is not  also a
Director of the Company is set forth below.

     CRAIG F. FORTIN.  Mr. Fortin is Senior Vice President,  Treasurer and Chief
Financial  Officer of the  Company  and the Bank,  a position  he has held since
February 1, 1999.  From 1991 to January  1999,  Mr.  Fortin  served as the Chief
Financial Officer of The Ohio Bank, Findlay, Ohio.

     THOMAS A. ESTEP.  Mr. Estep ceased his duties as Vice President,  Treasurer
and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank on February 1, 1999.

     JOHN T. HECKMAN.  Mr. Heckman is Executive Vice  President,  Operations and
Administration of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Heckman has  responsibility  for
all operational areas of banking activity other than lending. From 1987 to April
1995,  Mr.  Heckman  served as an  Assistant  Director  at the  Office of Thrift
Supervision.

     GARY L. HICKS.  Mr. Hicks is Executive Vice President of Mortgage  lending.
Mr. Hicks has responsibility for all mortgage banking functions. Prior positions
he has held include Chief Executive  Officer for a mortgage services company and
senior manager for a major Ohio Bank.

     ROBERT P. BREZING.  Mr.  Brezing is Senor Vice President of the Company and
the Bank,  positions he has held since  October  1997. He is manager of Business
Banking  responsible  for all commercial  loans,  commercial real estate and all
consumer loans.  From 1988 to 1997, Mr. Brezing served as Vice President of Banc
One Corporation, Columbus, Ohio.

EMPLOYEES

     At December  31,  1998,  the Company and its  subsidiary  had a total of 84
employees,  including 11 part-time  employees.  The Company's  employees are not
represented  by  any  collective  bargaining  group.  Management  considers  its
employee relations to be good.


                                       31

<PAGE>

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     The Company conducts its business at its main office,  which also serves as
executive  office and the Bank's five branch offices located in its market area.
The  following  table sets forth  information  relating to each of the Company's
offices as of December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Date                Total                 Net Book
                                       Acquired            Approximate             Value at
           Location                     Footage              Square             December 31, 1998
- ----------------------------------  ---------------      ---------------      --------------------
                                                                                  (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>

Main Office:
  28 E. Main Street                      1900                 5,721                 $ 1,033
  Springfield, Ohio

Branch Offices:
  7601 Dayton Springfield Road           1983                 2,528                      26
  Enon, Ohio

  210 N. Main Street                     1987                 2,369                     339
  New Carlisle, Ohio

  1480 Upper Valley Pike                 1950                 3,777                     386
  Springfield, Ohio

  50 Kahoe Lane                          1993                 2,369                     370
  Yellow Springs, Ohio

  3216 Seajay Drive                      1996                 1,925                     282
  Beavercreek, Ohio

</TABLE>



     The  Company  owns all of its  offices.  The  total  net book  value of the
Company's  premises  and  equipment  (including  land,  building  and  leasehold
improvements  and  furniture,  fixtures and  equipment) at December 31, 1998 was
$3.2 million.  See Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements in
the Annual Report to Stockholders filed as Exhibit 13 hereto.

     The Company conducts its data processing  through a service bureau. The net
book value of the data processing and computer equipment utilized by the Company
at December 31, 1998 was approximately $206,000.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company and its  subsidiary are involved from time to time as plaintiff
or  defendant in various  legal  actions  arising in the normal  course of their
businesses.  While  the  ultimate  outcome  of  pending  proceedings  cannot  be
predicted with certainty,  it is the opinion of management,  after  consultation
with  counsel  representing  the  Company,  the  Bank or its  subsidiary  in the
proceedings, that the resolution of these proceedings should not have a material
effect  on  the  Company's   consolidated   financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No  matter  was  submitted  to a vote  of  security  holders,  through  the
solicitation  of proxies or  otherwise,  during the quarter  ended  December 31,
1998.


                                       32

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITY
         HOLDER MATTERS

     Page 7 of the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  is herein
incorporated by reference.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Pages 8 and 9 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders is herein
incorporated by reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
         AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Pages 10 through 23 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders are
herein incorporated by reference.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     In an  attempt  to manage  its  exposure  to  changes  in  interest  rates,
management  monitors the Company's  interest  rate risk.  The Board of Directors
meets at least quarterly to review the Company's interest rate risk position and
profitability.  The Board of  Directors  also reviews the  Company's  portfolio,
formulates  investment  strategies and oversees the timing and implementation of
transactions  to  assure  attainment  of the  Company's  objectives  in the most
effective  manner. In addition,  the Board anticipates  reviewing on a quarterly
basis the  Company's  asset/liability  position,  including  simulations  of the
effect on the Company's capital of various interest rate scenarios.

     In  managing  its  asset/liability  mix,  the  Company,  depending  on  the
relationship  between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and
consumer preference,  often places more emphasis on managing net interest margin
than on  better  matching  the  interest  rate  sensitivity  of its  assets  and
liabilities  in an effort to enhance net interest  income.  Management  believes
that the increased net interest income resulting from a mismatch in the maturity
of its asset and liability portfolios can, during periods of declining or stable
interest rates, provide high enough returns to justify the increased exposure to
sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates.

     The primary objective of the Company's investment strategy is to provide
liquidity necessary to meet funding needs as well as to address daily,  cyclical
and  long-term  changes  in  the  asset/liability  mix,  while  contributing  to
profitability  by providing a stable flow of  dependable  earnings.  Investments
generally include interest-bearing deposits in other federally insured financial
institutions, FHLB stock and U.S. Government securities.

     Generally, the investment policy of the Company is to invest funds among
various  categories of investments and maturities  based upon the Company's need
for liquidity, to achieve the proper balance between its desire to minimize risk
and maximize  yield, to provide  collateral for  borrowings,  and to fulfill the
Company's asset/liability management policies.

     The Company's  cost of funds  responds to changes in interest  rates due to
the relatively  short-term nature of its deposit  portfolio.  Consequently,  the
results  of  operations  are  heavily  influenced  by the  levels of  short-term
interest rates. The Company offers a range of maturities on its deposit products
at  competitive  rates and  monitors the  maturities  on an ongoing  basis.  For
additional

                                       33

<PAGE>



information  regarding  market risk, see pages 18 to 19 of the Company's  Annual
Report to Stockholders.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     Pages 24 through 57 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders are
herein incorporated by reference.

     The independent  auditors' report of Clark,  Schaefer,  Hackett & Co. dated
January  23,  1998,  is  included  as  Exhibit  99 to this  Report and is herein
incorporated by reference.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
          ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on February 5, 1998, to
report a change of  accountants,  and an amendment on Form 8-K/A on February 23,
1998, to report the letter on the change of certifying accountants.

                                    PART III


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Information  concerning  Directors of the Company is incorporated herein by
reference from the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of  Stockholders  scheduled to be held on April 29, 1999 (except for information
contained  under  the  headings  "Compensation  Committee  Report  on  Executive
Compensation"  and "Stock  Performance  Presentation"),  a copy of which will be
filed  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  close of the  fiscal  year.  For
information  concerning  executive  officers  of the  Company  who are not  also
Directors,  see  "Executive  Officers"  in Part I of this Annual  Report on Form
10-K.

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company's
directors  and  executive  officers,  and  persons  who own more than 10% of the
Company's Common Stock (or any other equity securities, of which there is none),
to file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") initial reports
of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of the Company's  Common Stock.
Officers,  directors  and  greater  than 10%  shareholders  are  required by SEC
regulations  to furnish the Company with copies of all Section  16(a) forms they
file.


     To the Company's knowledge,  based solely on a review of the copies of such
reports  furnished  to the  Company and  written  representations  that no other
reports  were  required  during the fiscal year ended  December  31,  1998,  all
Section 16(a) filing  requirements  applicable  to its  officers,  directors and
greater  than 10%  beneficial  owners were  complied  with except that Mr. Dodds
inadvertently  failed  to file a Form 4 to report  one  transaction.  Mr.  Dodds
reported the  transaction on a Form 5 dated February 10, 1999.  Morever,  due to
the failure of the Trustee of the Deferred

                                       34

<PAGE>


Compensation  Plan to  notify  Mr.  Raisbeck  of shares  purchased  for Mr.
Raisbeck's account pursuant to such plan, Mr. Raisbeck  inadvertently  failed to
report one  transaction  on his timely filed Form 5. Mr.  Raisbeck  reported the
transaction on a Form 4 dated March 15, 1999.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Information  concerning  executive  compensation is incorporated  herein by
reference from the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of  Stockholders  scheduled to be held on April 29, 1999 (except for information
contained  under  the  headings  "Compensation  Committee  Report  on  Executive
Compensation"  and "Stock  Performance  Presentation"),  a copy of which will be
filed not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Information  concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and
management is  incorporated  herein by reference  from the Company's  definitive
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  scheduled to be held on
April  29,  1999   (except  for   information   contained   under  the  headings
"Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" and "Stock Performance
Presentation"),  a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the
close of the fiscal year.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Information   concerning   certain   relationships   and   transactions  is
incorporated  herein by reference from the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement
for the Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  scheduled to be held on April 29, 1999
(except for  information  contained under the headings  "Compensation  Committee
Report on Executive Compensation" and "Stock Performance Presentation"),  a copy
of which  will be filed not later  than 120 days  after the close of the  fiscal
year.


                                       35

<PAGE>



                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (A) (1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

     The  following  information  appearing in the  Company's  Annual  Report to
Stockholders  for the year ended December 31, 1998, is incorporated by reference
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Pages in
                              Annual Report Section                                   Annual
                                                                                      Report
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheets at
  December 31, 1998 and 1997......................................................        25
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996................................................
                                                                                          26
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996..................................................
                                                                                          27
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
  for the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996............................
                                                                                        28, 29
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended
  December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996................................................
                                                                                        30, 31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................      32-57
Independent Auditors' Report......................................................        24

</TABLE>


     (A) (2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

     All financial  statement  schedules have been omitted as the information is
not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable.



                                       36

<PAGE>



     (A) (3) EXHIBITS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Reference to Prior
 Regulation                                                                           Filing or Exhibit
 S-K Exhibit                                                                           Number Attached
  Number               Document                                                             Hereto
- -------------   ------------------------------------------------------------      -------------------------
<S>             <C>                                                               <C>

     2          Plan of acquisition, reorganization,                                   None
                arrangement, liquidation or
                succession
     3 (i)      Certificate of Incorporation                                           *
     3 (ii)     Amended and Restated Bylaws                                            3(ii)
     4          Instruments defining the rights of                                     *
                security holders, including indentures
     9          Voting trust agreement                                                 None
     10         Material contracts:
                (a)   1995 Stock Option and                                            **
                      Incentive Plan
                (b)   Management Recognition Plan                                      **
                (c)   Employment Agreement with                                        ***
                      John T. Heckman
                (d)   Employment Agreement with                                        10(d)
                      John W. Raisbeck
                (e)   Employment Agreement with                                        ****
                      Gary L. Hicks
                (f)   Employment Agreement with                                        10(f)
                      Robert P. Brezing, as amended
                (g)   Employment Agreement with                                        10(g)
                      Craig F. Fortin
                (h)   1998 Omnibus Incentive Plan                                      ****
                (i)   Cornerstone Bank Deferred                                        10(i)
                      Compensation Plan, as amended
     11         Statement re computation of per                                        None
                share earnings
     12         Statements re computation of ratios                                    None
     13         Annual report to security holders                                        13
     16         Letter re change in certifying                                         None
                accountant

</TABLE>



                                       37

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                      Reference to Prior
 Regulation                                                                           Filing or Exhibit
 S-K Exhibit                                                                           Number Attached
  Number               Document                                                             Hereto
- -------------   ------------------------------------------------------------      -------------------------

<S>             <C>                                                               <C>


     18         Letter re change in accounting                                             None
                principles
     21         Subsidiaries of the registrant                                             21
     22         Published report regarding matters                                         None
                submitted to vote of security holders
     23         Consent of Crowe, Chizek and                                               23.1
                Company LLP
                Consent of Clark, Schaefer, Hackett                                        23.2
                & Co.
     24         Power of attorney                                                          None
     27         Financial data schedule                                                    27
     99         Additional exhibits--report of                                             99
                predecessor independent accountants
</TABLE>

- ----------------------

*    Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  No.
     33-76734.

**   ______  Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form
     10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

***  _____  Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995.

**** ____  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1997.


     (B) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K:

     No reports on Form 8-K were filed  during the quarter  ended  December  31,
1998.

                                       38

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                       WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION



Date: March 31, 1999                   By: /s/ John W. Raisbeck
     --------------------------------     --------------------------------------
                                          John W. Raisbeck, President and Chief
                                            Executive Officer
                                          (DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE)

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant  and in the capacities  and on the dates  indicated.


Date: /s/ John W. Raisbeck             By: /s/ David L. Dillahunt
     --------------------------------     --------------------------------------
     John W.Raisbeck, President and        David L. Dillahunt,  Chairman of
     Chief Executive Officer               the Board 
     (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)         



Date: March 31, 1999                   Date: March 31, 1999
     --------------------------------        -----------------------------------


By: /s/ Howard V. Dodds                By:  /s/ John E. Field
    ---------------------------------      -------------------------------------
     Howard V. Dodds, Director              John E. Field, Director



Date: March 31, 1999                   Date: March 31, 1999
     --------------------------------        -----------------------------------






By: /s/ Aristides G. Gianakopoulos     By:  /s/ William N. Scarff
    ---------------------------------      -------------------------------------
     Aristides G. Gianakopoulos,            William N. Scarff, Director
     Director


Date: March 31, 1999                   Date: March 31, 1999
     --------------------------------        -----------------------------------





By: /s/ Jeffrey L. Levine              By:  /s/ Craig F. Fortin  
    ---------------------------------      -------------------------------------
       Jeffrey L. Levine, Director         Craig F. Fortin, Senior Vice
                                           President,Treasurer and Chief
                                             Financial Officer
                                           (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING
                                             OFFICER)

Date: March 31, 1999                   Date: March 31, 1999
     --------------------------------        -----------------------------------








                                                                   Exhibit 3(ii)

                       WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS


Section 1.     Annual Meeting.

        An annual meeting of the stockholders,  for the election of directors to
succeed those whose terms expire and for the  transaction of such other business
as may properly  come before the meeting,  shall be held at such place,  on such
date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date
shall be within  thirteen  (13)  months  subsequent  to the later of the date of
incorporation or the last annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.     Special Meetings.

        Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred
stock of the  Corporation,  special  meetings of stockholders of the Corporation
may be called only by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by
a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation  would have if
there  were no  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  (hereinafter  the  "Whole
Board").

Section 3.     Notice of Meetings.

        Written  notice of the  place,  date,  and time of all  meetings  of the
stockholders  shall be given,  not less than ten (10) nor more than  sixty  (60)
days  before the date on which the  meeting is to be held,  to each  stockholder
entitled  to vote at such  meeting,  except  as  otherwise  provided  herein  or
required by law (meaning,  here and hereinafter,  as required from time to time,
by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Corporation).

        When a meeting is  adjourned  to another  place,  date or time,  written
notice need not be given of the  adjourned  meeting if the place,  date and time
thereof  are  announced  at the  meeting  at which  the  adjournment  is  taken;
provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty
(30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally  noticed,  or if a
new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place,
date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At
any  adjourned  meeting,  any business may be  transacted  which might have been
transacted at the original meeting.


                                        1

<PAGE>



Section 4.     Quorum.

        At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of at least one-third of
all of the  shares of the stock  entitled  to vote at the  meeting,  present  in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except
to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law.

        If a quorum  shall  fail to attend  any  meeting,  the  chairman  of the
meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who
are present,  in person or by proxy,  may adjourn the meeting to another  place,
date or time.

        If a notice of any adjourned  special meeting of stockholders is sent to
all  stockholders  entitled to vote  thereat,  stating that it will be held with
those present  constituting a quorum,  then except as otherwise required by law,
those  present at such  adjourned  meeting  shall  constitute a quorum,  and all
matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 5.     Organization.

        Such person as the Board of  Directors  may have  designated  or, in the
absence of such a person,  the Chairman of the Board of the  Corporation  or, in
his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of
the shares entitled to vote who are present,  in person or by proxy,  shall call
to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting.  In
the absence of the  Secretary of the  Corporation,  the secretary of the meeting
shall be such person as the chairman appoints.

Section 6.     Conduct of Business.

               (a) The chairman of any meeting of  stockholders  shall determine
the  order  of  business  and  the  procedure  at the  meeting,  including  such
regulation  of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him
or her in order. The polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote
at the meeting will be opened and closed in accordance with law.

               (b) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business
shall be conducted  as shall have been  brought  before the meeting (i) by or at
the  direction  of the  Board of  Directors  or (ii) by any  stockholder  of the
Corporation  who is entitled to vote with respect  thereto and who complies with
the  notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section  6(b).  For  business  to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must
have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.
To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered or mailed to and received
at the principal  executive  offices of the Corporation not less than sixty (60)
days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting;  provided,
however,  that in the event that the date of the annual  meeting is  advanced by
more than  twenty  (20) days,  or delayed by more than fifty (50) days from such
anniversary  date,  notice by the  stockholder to be timely must be so delivered
not later than the close of business on the later of the  sixtieth  day prior to
such annual  meeting or the tenth day  following  the day on which notice of the
date of the annual meeting was mailed or public announcement of the date of such
meeting is first made. A  stockholder's  notice to the Secretary shall set forth
as to each matter such stockholder proposes to

                                        2

<PAGE>



bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief  description of the business desired
to be brought  before the annual  meeting and the reasons  for  conducting  such
business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the
Corporation's  books, of the  stockholder who proposed such business,  (iii) the
class  and  number  of  shares  of the  Corporation's  capital  stock  that  are
beneficially  owned by such  stockholder and (iv) any material  interest of such
stockholder in such business.  Notwithstanding  anything in these By-laws to the
contrary,  no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting
except in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section 6(b).  The officer of
the Corporation or other person  presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the
facts so warrant,  determine  and declare to the meeting  that  business was not
properly  brought  before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions of this
Section 6(b) and, if he should so determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting
and any such  business  so  determined  to be not  properly  brought  before the
meeting shall not be transacted.

        At any special meeting of the stockholders,  only such business shall be
conducted as shall have been brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction
of the Board of Directors.

               (c)  Only  persons  who are  nominated  in  accordance  with  the
procedures  set  forth in  these  By-laws  shall be  eligible  for  election  as
directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation  may be made at a meeting of  stockholders at which directors are to
be elected only (i) by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by
any  stockholder  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  for the  election  of
directors at the meeting who complies  with the notice  procedures  set forth in
this  Section  6(c).  Such  nominations,  other  than  those  made  by or at the
direction of the Board of  Directors,  shall be made by timely notice in writing
to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall
be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation  not less than  thirty  (30) days prior to the date of the  meeting;
provided,  however,  that in the event that less than forty (40) days' notice or
prior disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, to
be timely,  notice by the  stockholder  must be so  received  not later than the
close of business on the 10th day  following the day on which such notice of the
date of the  meeting  was  mailed  or such  public  disclosure  was  made.  Such
stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom such stockholder
proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director,  all information
relating to such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of
proxies for  election  of  directors,  or is  otherwise  required,  in each case
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(including  such person's  written consent to being named in the proxy statement
as a nominee  and to  serving  as a  director  if  elected);  and (ii) as to the
stockholder giving the notice,  (x) the name and address,  as they appear on the
Corporation's books, of such stockholder, and (y) the class and number of shares
of  the  Corporation's  capital  stock  that  are  beneficially  owned  by  such
stockholder.  At the request of the Board of Directors,  any person nominated by
the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary
of the Corporation that information  required to be set forth in a stockholder's
notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be eligible
for election as a director of the  Corporation  unless  nominated in  accordance
with the  provisions of this Section  6(c).  The officer of the  Corporation  or
other person presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant,  determine
that a nomination was not made in accordance  with such provisions and, if he or
she  should so  determine,  he or she shall so declare  to the  meeting  and the
defective nomination shall be disregarded.

                                        3

<PAGE>



Section 7.     Proxies and Voting.

        At all meetings of stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote may
vote in person or by proxy executed in writing (or as otherwise  permitted under
applicable law) by the stockholder or his duly  authorized  attorney-in-fact  in
accordance with the procedures established for the meeting. Proxies solicited on
behalf of the management  shall be voted as directed by the  stockholder  or, in
the  absence of such  direction,  as  determined  by a majority  of the Board of
Directors.  No proxy  shall be valid  after  eleven  months from the date of its
execution except for a proxy coupled with an interest.

        Each  stockholder  shall  have  one (1) vote  for  every  share of stock
entitled to vote which is  registered  in his or her name on the record date for
the  meeting,  except as  otherwise  provided  herein or in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Corporation or as required by law.

        All voting,  including  the election of directors  but  excepting  where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,  however,  that the
Board  of  Directors,  in its  discretion,  or the  officer  of the  Corporation
presiding at the meeting of  stockholders,  in his discretion,  may require that
any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast pursuant to a roll call. Every vote
taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors  appointed by the
Board of Directors in advance of the meeting of stockholders  and such inspector
or  inspectors  shall act at the meeting or any  adjournment  thereof and make a
written report thereof, in accordance with law.

        All elections  shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and
except  as  otherwise  required  by law or as  provided  in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes
cast.

Section 8.     Stock List.

        The  officer  who  has  charge  of  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the
Corporation  shall  prepare  and  make,  in the  time  and  manner  required  by
applicable law, a list of stockholders entitled to vote and shall make such list
available for such purposes,  at such places,  at such times and to such persons
as required by law. The stock  transfer  books shall be the only  evidence as to
the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine the stock transfer books or
to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 9.     Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

        Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred
stock of the  Corporation,  any action  required or permitted to be taken by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  must be effected  at a duly called  annual or
special  meeting of  stockholders  of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.


                                        4

<PAGE>



Section 10.    Inspectors of Election.

        The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders,
appoint one or more persons as  inspectors  of election to act at the meeting or
any  adjournment  thereof and make a written report  thereof in accordance  with
law.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.     General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

        The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under
the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors shall be set as
provided for in the  Certificate of  Incorporation.  The number of directors who
shall  constitute the Whole Board shall be such number as the Board of Directors
shall from time to time have  designated  except that in the absence of any such
designation,  such  number  shall be seven  (7).  The Board of  Directors  shall
annually  elect a Chairman of the Board and a  President  from among its members
and shall  designate,  when  present,  either the  Chairman  of the Board or the
President to preside at its meetings.

        The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any
class or series of  preferred  stock,  shall be divided into three  classes,  as
nearly equal in number as  reasonably  possible,  with the term of office of the
first  class  to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  first  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the conclusion
of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office
of the  third  class to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders two years  thereafter,  with each director to hold office until his
or her  successor  shall have been duly  elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders,  commencing with the first annual  meeting,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of  office  to expire at the  conclusion  of the  third  succeeding  annual
meeting of stockholders after their election,  with each director to hold office
until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 2.     Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

        Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred
stock then outstanding,  and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines,
newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number
of directors or any  vacancies in the Board of Directors  resulting  from death,
resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,  removal from office or other cause
may be filled only by a majority  vote of the directors  then in office,  though
less than a quorum,  and each  director  so chosen  shall hold office for a term
expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  at which the term of office of
the class to which he or she has been elected expires, and until such director's
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number
of  authorized  directors  constituting  the Board shall shorten the term of any
incumbent director.


                                        5

<PAGE>



Section 3.     Regular Meetings.

        Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors  shall be held at such place
or places,  on such date or dates,  and at such time or times as shall have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 4.     Special Meetings.

        Special  meetings of the Board of  Directors  may be called by one-third
(1/3) of the directors  then in office  (rounded up to the nearest whole number)
or by the  Chairman of the Board and shall be held at such place,  on such date,
and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place,  date, and
time of each such special  meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is
not waived by  mailing  written  notice  not less than five (5) days  before the
meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile  transmission of the same
not less than  twenty-four  (24) hours  before  the  meeting.  Unless  otherwise
indicated in the notice  thereof,  any and all business may be  transacted  at a
special meeting.

Section 5.     Quorum.

        At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  a majority of the  authorized
number of directors then  constituting  the Board shall  constitute a quorum for
all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those
present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further
notice or waiver thereof. Notwithstanding the above, at any adjourned meeting of
the Board of Directors, at least one-third of the authorized number of directors
then constituting the Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes.  Section

6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

        Members of the Board of  Directors,  or of any  committee  thereof,  may
participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other and such  participation  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7.     Conduct of Business.

        At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  business  shall be transacted
in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time  determine,  and all
matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors  present,
except as otherwise  provided  herein or required by law. Action may be taken by
the Board of Directors  without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto
in  writing,  and the  writing  or  writings  are  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 8.     Powers.

        The  Board of  Directors  may,  except  as  otherwise  required  by law,
exercise  all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or
done by the Corporation, including, without

                                        6

<PAGE>



limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

               (1) To declare  dividends  from time to time in  accordance  with
law;

               (2) To purchase or  otherwise  acquire  any  property,  rights or
privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

               (3) To authorize the creation,  making and issuance, in such form
as it may  determine,  of  written  obligations  of every  kind,  negotiable  or
non-negotiable,  secured  or  unsecured,  and  to do  all  things  necessary  in
connection therewith;

               (4) To remove  any  officer  of the  Corporation  with or without
cause,  and from time to time to devolve  the  powers and duties of any  officer
upon any other person for the time being;

               (5) To confer  upon any officer of the  Corporation  the power to
appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

               (6) To  adopt  from  time  to  time  such  stock,  option,  stock
purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors,  officers,  employees
and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

               (7) To adopt from time to time such  insurance,  retirement,  and
other  benefit  plans  for  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

               (8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with
these By-laws, for the management of the Corporation's business and affairs.

Section 9.     Compensation of Directors.

        Directors, as such, may receive,  pursuant to resolution of the Board of
Directors,  fixed fees and other  compensation  for their services as directors,
including,  without  limitation,  their services as members of committees of the
Board of Directors.

Section 10.    Qualifications.

        Any member of the Board of directors shall, in order to qualify as such,
be  domiciled  in or have his or her primary  place of  business  located in any
county,  a portion of which is within a FIFTY  mile  radius of any office of any
financial institution subsidiary of the Company.



                                        7

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

Section 1.     Committees of the Board of Directors.

        The Board of  Directors,  by a vote of a majority  of the Whole Board of
Directors,  may from time to time designate  committees of the Board,  with such
lawfully  delegable  powers and duties as it  thereby  confers,  to serve at the
pleasure of the Board and shall,  for those  committees and any others  provided
for  herein,  elect a director or  directors  to serve as the member or members,
designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace
any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee
so designated  may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to
declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate
of  ownership  and  merger  pursuant  to  Section  253 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law  if  the  resolution   which  designated  the  committee  or  a
supplemental  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  shall so  provide.  In the
absence or  disqualification  of any member of any  committee  and any alternate
member in his or her place,  the member or members of the  committee  present at
the meeting and not disqualified  from voting,  whether or not he or she or they
constitute a quorum,  may by unanimous vote appoint  another member of the Board
of  Directors  to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or  disqualified
member.

Section 2.     Conduct of Business.

        Each  committee  may  determine  the  procedural  rules for  meeting and
conducting  its  business  and  shall  act in  accordance  therewith,  except as
otherwise  provided herein or required by law. Adequate  provision shall be made
for notice to members of all  meetings;  one-third  (1/3) of the  members  shall
constitute a quorum  unless the  committee  shall  consist of one (1) or two (2)
members,  in which  event one (1)  member  shall  constitute  a quorum;  and all
matters shall be determined  by a majority vote of the members  present.  Action
may be taken by any committee  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent
thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the
proceedings of such committee.

Section 3.     Nominating Committee.

        The Board of  Directors  shall  appoint a  Nominating  Committee  of the
Board,  consisting of not less than three (3) members, one of which shall be the
Chairman of the Board.  The  Nominating  Committee  shall have  authority (a) to
review  any  nominations  for  election  to the  Board  of  Directors  made by a
stockholder  of the  Corporation  pursuant  to Section  6(c)(ii) of Article I of
these  By-laws in order to determine  compliance  with such  By-law,  and (b) to
recommend to the Whole Board  nominees for election to the Board of Directors to
replace those directors whose terms expire at the annual meeting of stockholders
next ensuing.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

Section 1.     Generally.

               (a) As soon as may be  practicable  after the  annual  meeting of
stockholders,  the Board of Directors  shall  choose a Chairman of the Board,  a
President,  one or more  Vice  Presidents,  a  Secretary  and a Chief  Financial
Officer  and from time to time may  choose  such other  officers  as it may deem
proper.  The Chairman of the Board and the President  shall be chosen from among
the directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

               (b) The term of  office of all  officers  shall be until the next
annual  election of officers and until their  respective  successors are chosen,
but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the  affirmative  vote
of a majority of the authorized  number of directors then constituting the Board
of Directors.

               (c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have
such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject
to the specific  provisions  of this Article IV. Such  officers  shall also have
such  powers  and duties as from time to time may be  conferred  by the Board of
Directors or by any committee thereof.

Section 2.     Chairman of the Board of Directors.

        The  Chairman of the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  shall have
general  responsibility  for the conduct of meetings of the Board of  Directors,
subject  to the  direction  of the Board of  Directors,  Section 3 herein and to
Article I, Section 6.

Section 3.     President.

        The President shall be the chief executive  officer and,  subject to the
control of the Board of Directors,  shall have general power over the management
and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation's  business
and general  supervisory  power and authority over its policies and affairs.  He
shall see that all orders and  resolutions  of the Board of Directors and of any
committee thereof are carried into effect.

        Each meeting of the  stockholders and of the Board of Directors shall be
presided over by the Chairman of the Board,  or, in his absence,  the President,
or, in his  absence,  by such  officer  as has been  designated  by the Board of
Directors  or, in his  absence,  by such officer or other person as is chosen at
the  meeting.  The  Secretary  or, in his  absence,  the General  Counsel of the
Corporation or such officer as has been designated by the Board of Directors or,
in his  absence,  such  officer  or other  person  as is  chosen  by the  person
presiding, shall act as secretary of each such meeting.


                                        9

<PAGE>



Section 4.     Vice President.

        The Vice President or Vice Presidents,  if any, shall perform the duties
of the  President in his absence or during his  disability  to act. In addition,
the Vice  Presidents  shall  perform the duties and exercise the powers  usually
incident to their respective  offices and/or such other duties and powers as may
be properly  assigned to them from time to time by the Board of  Directors,  the
Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 5.     Secretary.

        The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings,
shall keep their minutes, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books,
shall  perform such other  duties and exercise  such other powers as are usually
incident to such  offices  and/or such other  duties and powers as are  properly
assigned  thereto by the Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman of the Board or the
President.

Section 6.     Chief Financial Officer.

        The  Chief  Financial  Officer  shall  have  charge  of all  monies  and
securities of the Corporation,  other than monies and securities of any division
of the Corporation  which has a treasurer or financial  officer appointed by the
Board of Directors,  and shall keep regular  books of account.  The funds of the
Corporation  shall be  deposited  in the name of the  Corporation  by the  Chief
Financial  Officer with such banks or trust  companies as the Board of Directors
from time to time  shall  designate.  He or she shall sign or  countersign  such
instruments as require his or her  signature,  shall perform all such duties and
have all such  powers as are usually  incident to such office  and/or such other
duties  and  powers  as are  properly  assigned  to him or her by the  Board  of
Directors,  the Chairman of the Board or the  President,  and may be required to
give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with
such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.     Assistant Secretaries and Other Officers.

        The Board of Directors may appoint one or more assistant secretaries and
one or more assistants to the Chief Financial Officer,  or one appointee to both
such  positions,  which  officers  shall have such powers and shall perform such
duties as are  provided  in these  By-laws or as may be  assigned to them by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 8.     Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

        Unless  otherwise  directed by the Board of Directors,  the President or
any officer of the  Corporation  authorized by the President shall have power to
vote and otherwise act on behalf of the  Corporation,  in person or by proxy, at
any meeting of  stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of
any  other  corporation  in  which  this  Corporation  may hold  securities  and
otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this  Corporation  may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

Section 1.     Certificates of Stock.

        Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the
name of the  Corporation  by,  the  President  or a Vice  President,  and by the
Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary,  or the Chief  Financial  Officer  or an
assistant to the Chief Financial Officer,  certifying the number of shares owned
by him or  her.  Any or all  of  the  signatures  on the  certificate  may be by
facsimile.

Section 2.     Transfers of Stock.

        Transfers  of stock  shall be made only upon the  transfer  books of the
Corporation  kept  at  an  office  of  the  Corporation  or by  transfer  agents
designated to transfer  shares of the stock of the  Corporation.  Except where a
certificate  is  issued  in  accordance  with  Section  4 of  Article V of these
By-laws,  an outstanding  certificate for the number of shares involved shall be
surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

Section 3.     Record Date.

        In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of  stockholders,  or to receive  payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any
rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of stock or for the
purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date on which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted  and which  record date shall not be more than
sixty  (60)  nor less  than ten (10)  days  before  the date of any  meeting  of
stockholders,  nor more than  sixty  (60) days  prior to the time for such other
action as hereinbefore described;  provided,  however, that if no record date is
fixed by the Board of Directors,  the record date for  determining  stockholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  stockholders  shall be at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or,
if notice is waived,  at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which the meeting is held,  and,  for  determining  stockholders  entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment of rights or
to  exercise  any rights of change,  conversion  or exchange of stock or for any
other  purpose,  the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on
which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

        A  determination  of  stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.

Section 4.     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

        In the event of the loss,  theft or  destruction  of any  certificate of
stock,  another may be issued in its place  pursuant to such  regulations as the
Board of Directors may establish concerning proof

                                       11

<PAGE>



of such loss,  theft or destruction  and concerning the giving of a satisfactory
bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5.     Regulations.

        The issue,  transfer,  conversion and  registration  of  certificates of
stock shall be governed by such other  regulations as the Board of Directors may
establish.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     NOTICES

Section 1.     Notices.

        Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all
notices required to be given to any stockholder,  director, officer, employee or
agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be given effectively by hand
delivery  to the  recipient  thereof,  by  depositing  such  notice in the mail,
postage  paid,  by sending  such  notice by prepaid  telegram  or mailgram or by
sending such notice by facsimile machine or other electronic  transmission.  Any
such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder,  director, officer, employee
or agent at his or her last known  address  as the same  appears on the books of
the Corporation.  The time when such notice is received,  if hand delivered,  or
dispatched,  if  delivered  through  the mail,  by  telegram  or  mailgram or by
facsimile  machine or other  electronic  transmission,  shall be the time of the
giving of the notice.

Section 2.     Waivers.

        A written  waiver of any  notice,  signed  by a  stockholder,  director,
officer,  employee or agent,  whether  before or after the time of the event for
which notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required
to be given to such stockholder,  director,  officer, employee or agent. Neither
the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1.     Facsimile Signatures.

        In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile  signatures elsewhere
specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or
officers of the  Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board
of Directors or a committee thereof.


                                       12

<PAGE>


Section 2.     Corporate Seal.

        The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal,  containing the name
of the Corporation,  which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and
when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of
the seal may be kept and used by the Chief Financial  Officer or by an Assistant
Secretary or an assistant to the Chief Financial Officer.

Section 3.     Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

        Each director,  each member of any committee  designated by the Board of
Directors,  and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his
or her  duties,  be fully  protected  in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions,
reports or  statements  presented to the  Corporation  by any of its officers or
employees,  or  committees  of the Board of Directors so  designated,  or by any
other person as to matters  which such director or committee  member  reasonably
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4.     Fiscal Year.

        The  fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall  begin on January 1 of each
year.

Section 5.     Time Periods.

        In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be
done or not be done a specified  number of days prior to an event or that an act
be done  during  a period  of a  specified  number  of days  prior to an  event,
calendar  days shall be used,  the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded
and the day of the event shall be included.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

        The By-laws of the  Corporation  may be adopted,  amended or repealed as
provided  in  Article   SEVENTH  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporatin  of  the
Corporation.

                                       13

                                                                          
                                                                   Exhibit 10(d)

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  is made and entered into as of this
16th day of March,  1999,  by and between  Western  Ohio  Financial  Corp.  (the
"Company") and John W. Raisbeck (the "Employee").

        WHEREAS,  the  Employee  serves as the  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company and of its wholly owned subsidiary, Cornerstone Bank (the
"Bank"), and

        WHEREAS,  the Employee and the Bank entered into an employment agreement
dated May 7, 1997 (the  "Prior  Employment  Agreement"),  which the  Employee is
willing to terminate,  with no obligation to him thereunder, in consideration of
the Company's entering into this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS,   the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company  (the  "Board  of
Directors")  believes  it is in the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  for the Company to enter into this  Agreement with the Employee in
order to assure  continuity of  management of the Company and its  subsidiaries;
and

        WHEREAS,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution of this Agreement with the Employee;

        NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

        1.       Definitions.

               (a) The term "Change in Control" means (1) an event that requires
the filing of a notice or  application  under the Change in Bank Control Act, 12
U.S.C.  ss.1817(j)  (or any successor  statute),  concerning an  acquisition  of
control of the Company or the Bank or an  acquisition  of control,  ownership or
power to vote 10% or more of an  outstanding  class of voting  securities of the
Company or the Bank  (except  for a rebuttal  filing  which is  accepted  by the
appropriate  agency);  (2) an event that would be  required  to be  reported  in
response  to Item 1 of the  current  report  on Form  8-K,  as in  effect on the
Effective Date,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act");  (3) any person (as the term is used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes  the  beneficial  owner (as
defined  in Rule  13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)  directly  or  indirectly  of
securities of the Company or the Bank  representing  25% or more of the combined
voting  power  of  the  Company's  or the  Bank's  outstanding  securities;  (4)
individuals  who are members of the Board of  Directors of the Company as of the
date  of this  Agreement  (the  "Incumbent  Board")  cease  for  any  reason  to
constitute  at least a majority  thereof,  provided  that any person  becoming a
director  subsequently  whose  election  was  approved  by a  vote  of at  least
three-quarters  of the directors then  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose
nomination  for  election  by the  Company's  stockholders  was  approved by the
nominating  committee serving under such an Incumbent Board, shall be considered
a member of the Incumbent Board;  (5) consummation of a plan of  reorganization,
merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of

                                        1

<PAGE>



the assets of the Company or a similar  transaction  in which the Company is not
the resulting  entity; or (6) consummation of a transaction in which the Company
is the resulting  entity and at the completion of which the  stockholders of the
Company   immediately  before   consummation  of  the  transaction  become  upon
consummation of the transaction  the holders of securities  representing  40% or
less of the  voting  power of the  Company;  provided  that the term  "change in
control" shall not include an  acquisition of securities by an employee  benefit
plan of the Bank or the Company.

               (b) The term "Consolidated  Subsidiaries" means any subsidiary or
subsidiaries  of  the  Company  (or  its  successors)   that  are  part  of  the
consolidated  group of the Company (or its  successors)  for federal  income tax
reporting.

               (c) The term "Date of Termination"  means the date upon which the
Employee's  employment with the Company or the Bank or both ceases, as specified
in a notice of termination pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement,

               (d) The term "Effective Date" means January 1, 1999.

               (e) The term "Involuntary  Termination"  means the termination of
the employment of Employee (i) by either the Company or the Bank or both without
his express  written  consent;  or (ii) by the  Employee by reason of a material
diminution of or  interference  with his duties,  responsibilities  or benefits,
including (without  limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to
in writing, or implemented  unilaterally,  by the Employee,  as the case may be:
(1)  a  requirement  that  the  Employee  be  based  at  any  place  other  than
Springfield,  Ohio or at a location  that is within a  commuting  distance of 40
miles or less from the Employee's  residence,  except for  reasonable  travel on
Company  or Bank  business;  (2) a  material  demotion  of the  Employee;  (3) a
material  reduction in the number or  seniority  of  personnel  reporting to the
Employee or a material  reduction in the frequency with which,  or in the nature
of the  matters  with  respect  to which  such  personnel  are to  report to the
Employee,  other than as part of a Bank and Company-wide reduction in staff; (4)
a  reduction  in the  Employee's  salary  or a  material  adverse  change in the
Employee's perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as
part of an overall  program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect to all
members of the senior  management  of the Bank and the  Company;  (5) a material
permanent  increase  in the  required  hours  of  work  or the  workload  of the
Employee, unrelated to the condition of the Bank or the Company, or both; or (6)
the failure of the Board of Directors (or a board of directors of a successor of
the Company) to elect Employee as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company (or a successor  of the Company) or any action by the Board of Directors
(or a board of directors  of a successor of the Company)  removing him from such
office;  provided,  however,  that  "Involuntary  Termination"  does not include
Termination  for Cause,  termination  of  employment  due to death or  permanent
disability,  retirement or temporary or permanent suspension or prohibition from
participation  in the  conduct  of the  Bank's  affairs  under  Section 8 of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

               (f) The terms  "Termination for Cause" and "Terminated For Cause"
mean  termination  of the  employment of the Employee with either the Company or
the Bank,  as the case may be,  because of the  Employee's  willful  misconduct,
breach of a fiduciary duty involving  personal  profit,  intentional  failure to
perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation

                                        2

<PAGE>



(other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist or
other  supervisory  order,  or (except as provided below) material breach of any
provision of this  Agreement.  No act or failure to act by the Employee shall be
considered  willful  unless the Employee acted or failed to act in bad faith and
without a  reasonable  belief  that his action or failure to act was in the best
interest of the Company or the Bank.  The  Employee  shall not be deemed to have
been  Terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to
the Employee a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not
less than a majority of the entire  membership  of the Board of  Directors  at a
meeting of the Board duly  called and held for such  purpose  (after  reasonable
notice to the Employee and an  opportunity  for the Employee,  together with the
Employee's  counsel,  to be heard  before the Board),  stating  that in the good
faith  opinion of the Board of  Directors  the  Employee  has engaged in conduct
described in the preceding  sentence and specifying the  particulars  thereof in
detail.

               (g) The term "Voluntary  Termination"  shall mean  termination of
employment  by the  Employee  voluntarily  as set forth in Section  7(e) of this
Agreement.

        2. Term;  Termination of Prior  Employment  Agreement.  The term of this
Agreement  shall be a period of four years  commencing  on the  Effective  Date,
subject to earlier  termination as provided herein.  On the first anniversary of
the  Effective  Date,  and on  each  anniversary  thereafter,  the  term of this
Agreement  shall  be  extended  for a  period  of one  year in  addition  to the
then-remaining  term,  provided  that the  Company  has not given 90 days  prior
written notice to the Employee that the extensions  will cease. At the time this
Agreement becomes effective, the Prior Employment Agreement shall terminate with
no obligation to the Employee thereunder on the part of the Bank or the Company.

        3.  Employment.  The  Employee is employed  as the  President  and Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company and of the Bank. As such,  the Employee  shall
have supervision and control over strategic planning and daily operations of the
Company and the Bank, shall render administrative and management services as are
customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive  capacities,  and
shall have such other  powers and duties as the Board of  Directors or the board
of  directors  of the Bank  may  prescribe  from  time to time  consistent  with
services  performed by similarly  situated  executives and  consistent  with the
terms  of this  Agreement.  The  Employee  shall  also  render  services  to any
subsidiary  or  subsidiaries  of the  Company  or the Bank as  requested  by the
Company or the Bank from time to time consistent with his executive position and
with the terms of this Agreement. The Employee shall devote his best efforts and
reasonable time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and the
Bank to the extent necessary to discharge his  responsibilities  hereunder.  The
Employee may (i) serve on  charitable  boards or  committees  at the  Employee's
discretion  without  consent  of either the Board of  Directors  or the board of
directors of the Bank and, in addition, on such corporate boards as are approved
in a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors, and (ii) manage
personal  investments,  so long as such  activities do not interfere  materially
with performance of his responsibilities hereunder.


                                        3

<PAGE>



        4.     Cash Compensation.

               (a) Salary.  The Company  agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this  Agreement a base  salary (the  "Company  Salary")  the  annualized
amount of which shall be not less than  $200,500.  The Company  Salary  shall be
paid in regular increments  consistent with the Company's  practices for payment
of officers'  salaries and shall be subject to customary  tax  withholding.  The
amount of the  Employee's  Company  Salary shall be increased (but not decreased
except as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect
to all members of the senior management of the Bank and the Company) when and as
approved from time to time by the Board of Directors  after the Effective  Date.
If and to the extent that any of the Consolidated Subsidiaries pay salary to the
Employee,  or pay other  amounts or provide  benefits to the  Employee  that the
Company is obligated to pay or to provide to the Employee under this  Agreement,
the Company's obligations to the Employee shall be reduced accordingly.

               (b) Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an
equitable  manner with all other executive  officers of the Company and the Bank
in such  performance-based and discretionary  bonuses, if any, as are authorized
and declared from time to time by the Board of Directors for executive  officers
of the Company and by the board of directors of the Bank for executive  officers
of the Bank.

               (c) Expenses.  The Employee  shall be entitled to receive  prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable to the executive officers of the Company and the Bank,  provided that
the Employee  accounts  for such  expenses as required  under such  policies and
procedures.

        5 .       Benefits.

               (a)  Participation  in  Benefit  Plans.  The  Employee  shall  be
entitled to participate, to the same extent as executive officers of the Company
and the Bank  generally,  in all plans of the Company  and the Bank  relating to
pension,  retirement,  thrift,  profit-sharing,  savings,  group or  other  life
insurance,  hospitalization,  medical and dental  coverage,  travel and accident
insurance,   education,  cash  bonuses,   retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combination  thereof.  In  addition,  the  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  be
considered for benefits under all of the stock and stock option related plans in
which the  Company's  or the Bank's  executive  officers  are eligible or become
eligible to participate.

               (b)  Fringe   Benefits.   The  Employee   shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits  under,  any other fringe benefit plans or
perquisites which are or may become generally  available to the Company's or the
Bank's executive officers from time to time.

        6. Vacations;  Leave.  The Employee shall be entitled (i) to annual paid
vacation in accordance  with the policies  established by the Board of Directors
and the  board of  directors  of the Bank for  executive  officers,  and (ii) to
voluntary  leaves of  absence,  with or without  pay,  from time to time at such
times and upon such  conditions  as the Board of Directors  may determine in its
sole

                                        4

<PAGE>



discretion.  The Employee  shall  schedule his vacations in a reasonable  manner
consistent with the needs of the Company.

        7.     Termination of Employment.

               (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  If the  Employee  experiences  an
Involuntary Termination,  such termination of employment shall be subject to the
Company's  obligations  under this  Section  7. In the event of the  Involuntary
Termination of the Employee,  if the Employee has offered to continue to provide
services as  contemplated  by this  Agreement and such offer has been  declined,
then,  subject to Section 7(b) of this  Agreement,  the Company shall, as agreed
upon liquidated  damages as the sole and exclusive  remedy of the Employee under
this  Agreement,  during the shorter of the remaining  term of this Agreement or
the  period of three  years  following  the Date of  Termination  (i) pay to the
Employee monthly  one-twelfth of the Company Salary at the annual rate in effect
immediately  prior to the Date of  Termination  and  one-twelfth  of the average
annual  amount of cash bonus and cash  incentive  compensation  of the Employee,
based on the average amounts of such compensation earned by the Employee for the
two full fiscal years preceding the Date of Termination; and (ii) provide health
insurance  benefits as maintained  for the benefit of executive  officers of the
Company and the Bank on the same terms as if the  Employee  had  continued to be
employed hereunder.

               (b)  Mitigation of the Company's Obligations Under Section 7(a).

                      (1)  In the event that  the Employee  becomes entitled  to
liquidated  damages  pursuant to Section 7(a) due to Involuntary  Termination in
connection with or within 12 months after a Change in Control, (i) the Company's
obligation  under clause (i) of Section 7(a) with respect to cash damages  shall
be reduced by the amount of the  Employee's  cash  income,  if any,  earned from
providing  services  other  than  to  the  Company  (or  any  successor)  or the
Consolidated  Subsidiaries during the remaining term of this Agreement, and (ii)
the Company's  obligation to provide health insurance benefits under clause (ii)
of  Section  7(a)  shall be reduced to the  extent,  if any,  that the  Employee
receives  from  another  employer  during  such  period  substantially  the same
benefits, on substantially as favorable terms, including amounts of coverage and
deductibles  and other costs to him. For purposes of this Section 7(b), the term
"cash  income"  shall  include  amounts of  salary,  wages,  bonuses,  incentive
compensation  and fees paid to the Employee in cash but shall not include shares
of stock, stock options,  stock  appreciation  rights or other earned income not
paid to the Employee in cash.

                     (2) The  Employee  agrees that  in  the  event  he  becomes
entitled  to  liquidated  damages  pursuant to Section  7(a) due to  Involuntary
Termination  in  connection  with or within 12 months after a Change in Control,
throughout the period during which he is so entitled,  he shall promptly  inform
the  Company  of the  nature and  amounts  of cash  income and health  insurance
benefits  which he earns from  providing  services other than to the Company (or
any  successor)  or  the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  and  shall  provide  such
documentation of such cash income and health  insurance  benefits as the Company
may reasonably  request.  In the event of changes to such cash income and health
insurance  benefits from time to time,  the Employee shall inform the Company of
such

                                        5

<PAGE>



changes,  in each case within 15 days after the change occurs, and shall provide
such documentation concerning the change as the Company may reasonably request.

               (c) Golden Parachute Tax.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
this  Agreement,  if the  payments  and the value of benefits  received or to be
received by the Employee under this  Agreement,  together with any other amounts
and the  value  of  benefits  received  or to be  received  by the  Employee  in
connection  with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be  nondeductible
by the  Company  for  federal  income tax  purposes  pursuant to or by reason of
Section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") then
payments and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero)
to the extent  necessary so as to maximize  amounts and the value of benefits to
be received by the Employee  without causing any amount to become  nondeductible
by the  Company  pursuant  to or by reason  of  Section  280G of the  Code.  The
Employee shall  determine the  allocation of such  reduction  among payments and
benefits to the Employee.

               (d) Termination for Cause. In the event of Termination for Cause,
the  Company  shall  have no  further  obligation  to the  Employee  under  this
Agreement after the Date of Termination.

               (e)  Voluntary  Termination.   The  Employee  may  terminate  his
employment  voluntarily  at any time by a notice  pursuant  to Section 8 of this
Agreement.  In the event that the Employee voluntarily terminates his employment
other  than  by  reason  of any  of  the  actions  that  constitute  Involuntary
Termination under Section 7(b) of this Agreement ("Voluntary Termination"),  the
Company shall be obligated to the Employee for the amount of his Company  Salary
and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time such payments are
due, and the Company shall have no further obligation to the Employee under this
Agreement.

               (f) Death.  In the event of the death of Employee during the term
of this Agreement and prior to any termination of employment,  the Company shall
pay to the Employee's estate, or such person as the Employee may have previously
designated in writing,  the Company Salary which was not previously  paid to the
Employee and which he would have earned if he had continued to be employed under
this Agreement  through the last day of the calendar month in which the Employee
died.

               (g)  Disability.  If the  Employee  becomes  entitled to benefits
under the terms of the  then-current  disability plan, if any, of the Company or
the Bank (a "Disability  Plan"),  he shall be entitled to receive such group and
other  disability  benefits,  if any, as are then provided by the Company or the
Bank for executive employees. In the event of such disability,  or disability as
determined by the Board of  Directors,  this  Agreement  shall not be suspended,
except that the Company's  obligation to pay the Company  Salary to the Employee
shall be reduced in  accordance  with the amount of disability  income  benefits
received by the Employee  pursuant to this Section 7(g), if any, and from Social
Security such that, on an after-tax  basis,  the Employee shall realize from the
sum of such disability  income benefits and Company Salary the same amount as he
would  realize  on an  after-tax  basis  from  Company  Salary if the  Company's
obligation to pay salary were not reduced pursuant to this Section 7(g).


                                        6

<PAGE>



               (h) Regulatory  Action.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of
this Agreement,  if the Employee is removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C.  ss.
1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall
terminate  as of the  effective  date of the  order,  but  vested  rights of the
contracting parties shall not be affected.

        8. Notice of  Termination.  Subject to the provisions of Section 1(f) of
this  Agreement,  in the event that the Company or the Bank, or both,  desire to
terminate the employment of the Employee during the term of this Agreement,  the
Company or the Bank, or both,  shall deliver to the Employee a written notice of
termination,  stating whether such termination constitutes Termination for Cause
or  Involuntary  Termination,  setting forth in reasonable  detail the facts and
circumstances  that are the basis for the  termination,  and specifying the date
upon  which  employment  shall  terminate,  which date shall be at least 30 days
after  the date  upon  which  the  notice  is  delivered,  except in the case of
Termination for Cause.  In the event that the Employee  determines in good faith
that he has experienced an Involuntary  Termination of his employment,  he shall
send a written notice to the Company stating the  circumstances  that constitute
such  Involuntary  Termination and the date upon which his employment shall have
ceased  due to such  Involuntary  Termination.  In the event  that the  Employee
desires to effect a Voluntary Termination,  he shall deliver a written notice to
the Company, stating the date upon which employment shall terminate,  which date
shall be at least 90 days  after the date upon  which the  notice is  delivered,
unless the parties agree to a date sooner.

        9.  Attorneys'  Fees.  The Company  shall pay all legal fees and related
expenses (including the costs of experts,  evidence and counsel) incurred by the
Employee as a result of the Employee's seeking to obtain or enforce any right or
benefit  provided  by  this  Agreement  or by  any  other  plan  or  arrangement
maintained by the Company (or any  successor) or the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries
under which the  Employee is or may be  entitled to receive  benefits;  provided
that the  Company's  obligation  to pay such fees and expenses is subject to the
Employee's  prevailing  with respect to the matters in dispute in any proceeding
initiated by the Employee or the Employee's having been determined to have acted
reasonably  and in good faith with  respect to any  proceeding  initiated by the
Company or the Consolidated Subsidiaries.

        10.    No Assignments.

               (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and
neither  may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations  hereunder
without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;  provided,
however,  that the Company shall require any successor or assign (whether direct
or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession or
assignment had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such an assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Employee to compensation and
benefits  from the  Company  in the  same  amount  and on the same  terms as the
compensation  pursuant to Section 7(a) and Section 7(c) hereof.  For purposes of
implementing the provisions of this Section

                                        7

<PAGE>



10, the date on which any such succession  becomes effective shall be deemed the
Date of Termination.

               (b) This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.

        11. Notice.  For the purposes of this  Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  to the Company at its home
office,  to the attention of the Board of Directors with a copy to the Secretary
of the Company,  or, if to the  Employee,  to such home or other  address as the
Employee has most recently provided in writing to the Company.

        12.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.

        13.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included  solely
for  convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

        14.  Severability.  The  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the invalidity or  unenforceability  of any  provisions  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

        15.  Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Ohio.

        16.  Successors  to Code  Sections.  All  provisions  of this  Agreement
referring to sections of the U.S.C.  (United State Code),  the Internal  Revenue
Code or the  C.F.R.  (Code of Federal  Regulations)  shall be deemed to refer to
successor code sections in the event of renumbering of code sections.





                                        8

<PAGE>


               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.



                                         WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORP.



                                          /s/ David L. Dillahunt
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         By:  David L. Dillahunt
                                         Its: Chairman of the Board of Directors


                                         EMPLOYEE:


                                          /s/ John W. Raisbeck
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         John W. Raisbeck





                                        9




                                                                   Exhibit 10(f)

                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        This is an Amendment to a certain Employment Agreement (the "Agreement")
dated October 22, 1997,  between  Cornerstone  Bank (the "Bank"),  and Robert P.
Brezing (the "Employee").

        By  agreement  between the parties and by the  authority of the Board of
Directors  of the Bank,  Section  2.(a) of the  Agreement  is hereby  amended to
increase the Employee's base salary from $107,000 per year to $113,000 per year,
effective October 22, 1998.

        By further  agreement  between the parties and by the  authority  of the
Board of Directors, the term of the Agreement as originally set forth in Section
4 thereof is extended  for an  additional  two (2) year period from  October 22,
1999 to October 22, 2001.

        By further  agreement  between the parties and by the  authority  of the
Board of  Directors,  the language of Section  8.(a) of the  Agreement is hereby
amended to read as follows:

               "(a)  Involuntary  Termination.  If the Employee's  employment is
               involuntarily terminated (other than for cause or pursuant to any
               of Sections 6(c) through 6(g) or Section 7 of this  Agreement) in
               connection  with or within 12  months  after a change in  control
               which occurs at any time during the term of employment under this
               Agreement,  the Bank shall pay to the  Employee  in a lump sum in
               cash within 25 business  days after the Date of  Termination  (as
               hereinafter defined) of employment an amount equal to the greater
               of two (2) years' salary under Section 2(a) of this Agreement, or
               his  then  applicable  salary  for  the  remaining  term  of this
               Agreement.

                      For  purposes  of  this  paragraph  8(a),  an  involuntary
               termination  shall, at the Employee's option, be deemed to be (i)
               a reduction in the Employee's  then-applicable  salary, or (ii) a
               diminution of the Employee's duties,  which shall be defined as a
               material reduction or adverse change in the salary,  perquisites,
               benefits,   contingent  benefits,  or  vacation  time  which  had
               previously been provided to the Employee, or a material reduction
               or adverse  change in the  Employee's  previous  position  or job
               description,  or (iii) a relocation of the Employee to a new work
               location  more than  sixty  (60)  miles  from his  previous  work
               location."




<PAGE>



        The remaining terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect,  provided,  however, that in the event of any inconsistency or
conflict  between the terms of the  Agreement and this  Amendment,  the terms of
this Amendment shall be controlling.

        Signed at Springfield, Ohio, this 26th day of January, 1999.




                                          CORNERSTONE BANK


                                          By: /s/ John W. Raisbeck
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          John W. Raisbeck
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer



                                          EMPLOYEE


                                          /s/ Robert P. Brezing
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Robert P. Brezing


<PAGE>


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


        This Employment  Agreement  ("Agreement") is entered into as of the 22nd
day of October,  1997,  by and between  CORNERSTONE  BANK,  28 East Main Street,
Springfield,  Ohio 45502 (the "Bank"),  and ROBERT P. BREZING,  6005 Springburn,
Dublin, Ohio 43017 (the "Employee").

        WHEREAS,  it is  intended  that the  Employee  will serve as Senior Vice
President of the Bank; and

        WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Bank (the  "Board") has approved
and  authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee to take effect
as stated in Section 4 hereof;

        NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants  and  agreements  of the  parties  herein  contained,  it is AGREED as
follows:

        1.  Employment.  The  Bank  employs  the  Employee  as its  Senior  Vice
President.  Employee shall render  administrative and management services as are
customarily performed by persons situated in similar executive  capacities,  and
shall have other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the
Board.  The Employee  shall devote his best  efforts and  substantially  all his
business  time and  attention  to the  business  and affairs of the Bank and its
affiliated  companies,  including,  but not limited  to,  service as Senior Vice
President of Western Ohio Financial Corporation (the "Holding Company").

        2.     Compensation.

               (a) Salary.  Beginning  on the  Commencement  Date (as defined in
Section 4 below),  the Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the term of this
Agreement a salary of $107,000 per year. The Employee's  salary shall be payable
not less  frequently than monthly and not later than the tenth day following the
expiration of the month in question.

               (b)  Performance  Bonuses.  The  Employee  shall be  entitled  to
participate with other executive officers of the Bank in performance  bonuses as
authorized and declared by the Board to its executive employees.

               (c) Expenses.  The Employee  shall be entitled to receive  prompt
reimbursement  for all reasonable  expenses  incurred by him (in accordance with
the policies and procedures  applicable to the senior executive  officers of the
Bank) in performing  services  hereunder,  provided  that the Employee  properly
accounts therefor in accordance with Bank policy.



<PAGE>



        3.     Benefits.

               (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans. The
Employee  shall be entitled  while  employed  hereunder to  participate  in, and
receive benefits under, all plans relating to pension,  thrift,  profit-sharing,
group life  insurance,  medical  coverage,  education,  cash bonuses,  and other
retirement or employee benefits or combinations thereof, that are maintained for
the benefit of the Bank's executive employees or for its employees generally.

               (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  while
employed  hereunder to participate  in, and receive  benefits  under,  any other
fringe benefit plans which are or may become  applicable to the Bank's executive
employees or to its employees generally.

        4. Term. The term of employment  under this Agreement  shall be a period
of two years commencing as of the date hereof (the "Commencement Date"), subject
to earlier termination as provided herein.

        5.  Vacations.  The Employee shall be entitled to an annual  vacation in
accordance  with  policy set by the  Board.  The  timing of  vacations  shall be
scheduled in a reasonable manner by the Employee.

        6.     Termination of Employment; Death.

               (a) The Board may  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any
time, but any termination by the Board other than  termination for cause,  shall
not prejudice the Employee's  right to compensation or other benefits under this
Agreement.  The Employee  shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other
benefits for any period after  termination  for cause.  If the employment of the
Employee is involuntarily terminated, other than for "cause" as provided in this
Section 6(a) or pursuant to any of Sections  6(d) through  6(g), or by reason of
death or  disability  as provided in Sections  6(c) or 7, the Employee  shall be
entitled to (i) his then applicable  salary for the  then-remaining  term of the
Agreement as  calculated in  accordance  with Section 4 hereof,  payable in such
manner and at such times as such salary  would have been payable to the Employee
under  Section 2 had he  remained  in the  employ of the Bank,  (ii) and  health
insurance  benefits  as  maintained  by the Bank for the  benefit  of its senior
executive  employees or its employees  generally over the then-remaining term of
the Agreement as calculated in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

        The terms "termination" or "involuntarily  terminated" in this Agreement
shall refer to the termination of the employment of Employee without his express
written consent.

        In case of termination of the Employee's  employment for cause, the Bank
shall pay the Employee his salary through the date of termination,  and the Bank
shall have no further  obligation  to the  Employee  under this  Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  termination  for "cause" shall include  termination
for personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary
duty involving  personal profit,  intentional  failure to perform stated duties,
willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations
or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist  order, or material breach of any
provision of this Agreement.



<PAGE>



               (b) The Employee's  employment  may be voluntarily  terminated by
the Employee at any time upon 90 days'  written  notice to the Bank or upon such
shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the Board.  In the
event of such voluntary termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to
pay the Employee his salary and benefits  only through the date of  termination,
at the time such payments are due, and the Bank shall have no further obligation
to the Employee under this Agreement.

               (c) In the event of the death of the Employee  during the term of
employment  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination  hereunder,  the
Employee's estate, or such person as the Employee may have previously designated
in  writing,  shall be  entitled  to  receive  from the Bank the  salary  of the
Employee  through  the last day of the  calendar  month in which his death shall
have occurred, and the term of employment under this Agreement shall end on such
last day of the month.

               (d) If the Employee is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act  ("FDIA"),  12
U.S.C. (0) 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Bank's  obligations  under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may, in its
discretion,  (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

               (e) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. (0) 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1),  all
obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective
date of the order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting  parties shall not be
affected.

               (f) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1) of
the FDIA),  all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date
of  default,  but this  provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights of the
contracting parties.

               (g) All  obligations  under this  Agreement  shall be terminated,
except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary
for the  continued  operation of the Bank:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (the  "Director")  or his or her designee,  at the time the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC")  or  the  Resolution  Trust
Corporation  ("RTC")  enters into an  agreement to provide  assistance  to or on
behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA;
or (ii) by the Director or his or her designee,  at the time the Director or his
or her designee  approves a supervisory  merger to resolve  problems  related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by any such action.

        7.  Disability.  If the Employee shall become disabled as defined in the
Bank's then current disability plan or if the Employee shall be otherwise unable
to serve as Senior Vice  President,  the  Employee  shall be entitled to receive
group and other disability income benefits of the type then provided by the Bank
for other executive employees.


<PAGE>



        8.     Change in Control.

               (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  If the  Employee's  employment is
involuntarily  terminated  (other  than for cause or pursuant to any of Sections
6(c) through 6(g) or Section 7 of this  Agreement) in connection  with or within
12 months after a change in control  which occurs at any time during the term of
employment  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall pay to the Employee in a lump
sum in  cash  within  25  business  days  after  the  Date  of  Termination  (as
hereinafter  defined) of  employment  an amount  equal to the greater of one (1)
year's  salary under  Section  2(a) of this  Agreement,  or his then  applicable
salary for the remaining term of this Agreement.

               (b)  Definitions.  For  purposes  of  Sections  6 and  8 of  this
Agreement,  "Date of  Termination"  means the earlier of (i) the date upon which
the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of his employment with
the Bank or (ii) the date upon which the Employee ceases to serve as an Employee
of the Bank,  and "change in control" is defined  solely as any  acquisition  of
control, as defined in 12 C.F.R. (0) 574.4, or any successor regulation,  of the
Bank which would require the filing of an application for acquisition of control
or notice of change in control in a manner as set forth in 12 C.F.R.  (0) 574.3,
or any successor regulation.

        9.  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable   by   the   personal   and   legal   representatives,    executors,
administrators,  successors, assigns, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees
of the parties.

        10. Notice.  For the purposes of this  Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid.  All notices to the Bank shall
be sent to its home office,  directed to the attention of the Board of Directors
of the Bank,  with a copy to the  Secretary  of the  Bank.  All  notices  to the
Employee  shall  be sent to the  home or  other  address  he has  most  recently
provided in writing to the Bank.

        11.  Amendments.  This  Agreement  is  subject  to the terms of a letter
agreement  between the parties dated  September 15, 1997,  reference to which is
hereby made.  Otherwise,  no amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.  The parties  hereto agree to amend this  Agreement to comply with any
required provisions of 12 C.F.R. (0) 563.39(b), as the same may be amended.

        12. Paragraph  Headings.  The paragraph  headings used in this Agreement
are  included  solely  for  convenience  and  shall  not  affect,  or be used in
connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

        13.  Severability.  The  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

        14.  Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Ohio.



<PAGE>


        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                          CORNERSTONE BANK

                                          By:/s/ John W. Raisbeck 
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          John W. Raisbeck, President


                                          EMPLOYEE

                                          /s/ Robert P. Brezing 
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Robert P. Brezing






                                                                   Exhibit 10(g)

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


        This Employment  Agreement  ("Agreement") is entered into as of the 15th
day of January,  1999,  by and between  CORNERSTONE  BANK,  28 East Main Street,
Springfield,  Ohio 45502  (the  "Bank"),  and CRAIG F.  FORTIN,  1913  Greendale
Avenue, Findlay, Ohio 45840 (the "Employee").

        WHEREAS,  it is  intended  that the  Employee  will serve as Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank; and

        WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors of the Bank (the  "Board") has approved
and  authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee to take effect
as stated in Section 4 hereof;

        NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants  and  agreements  of the  parties  herein  contained,  it is AGREED as
follows:

        1.  Employment.  The  Bank  employs  the  Employee  as its  Senior  Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer.  Employee shall render administrative and
management services as are customarily  performed by persons situated in similar
executive  capacities,  as  determined  by the  Bank,  and shall  have  other or
different powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board.
The Employee  shall devote his best efforts and  substantially  all his business
time and  attention to the  business and affairs of the Bank and its  affiliated
companies,  including,  but not limited to, service as Senior Vice President and
Chief  Financial  Officer of Western Ohio  Financial  Corporation  (the "Holding
Company").

        2.     Compensation.

               (a) Salary.  Beginning  on the  Commencement  Date (as defined in
Section 4 below),  the Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the term of this
Agreement  a salary of  $95,000.00  per year.  The  Employee's  salary  shall be
payable  not less  frequently  than  monthly  and not  later  than the tenth day
following the expiration of the month in question.

               (b)  Performance  Bonuses.  The  Employee  shall be  entitled  to
participate with other executive officers of the Bank in performance  bonuses as
authorized and declared by the Board to its executive employees.

               (c) Expenses.  The Employee  shall be entitled to receive  prompt
reimbursement  for all reasonable  expenses  incurred by him (in accordance with
the policies and procedures  applicable to the senior executive  officers of the
Bank) in performing  services  hereunder,  provided  that the Employee  properly
accounts therefor in accordance with Bank policy.



                                     

<PAGE>



        3.     Benefits.

               (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee Benefit Plans. The
Employee  shall be entitled  while  employed  hereunder to  participate  in, and
receive benefits under, all plans relating to pension,  thrift,  profit-sharing,
group life  insurance,  medical  coverage,  education,  cash bonuses,  and other
retirement or employee benefits or combinations thereof, that are maintained for
the benefit of the Bank's executive employees or for its employees generally.

               (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  while
employed  hereunder to participate  in, and receive  benefits  under,  any other
fringe benefit plans which are or may become  applicable to the Bank's executive
employees or to its employees generally.

        4. Term. The term of employment  under this Agreement  shall be a period
of two (2) years commencing February 1, 1999 (the "Commencement Date"),  subject
to earlier termination as provided herein.

        5.  Vacations.  The Employee shall be entitled to an annual  vacation in
accordance  with  policy set by the  Board.  The  timing of  vacations  shall be
scheduled in a reasonable manner by the Employee.

        6.     Termination of Employment; Death.

               (a) The Board may  terminate  the  Employee's  employment  at any
time, but any termination by the Board other than  termination for cause,  shall
not prejudice the Employee's  right to compensation or other benefits under this
Agreement.  The Employee  shall have no right to receive  compensation  or other
benefits for any period after  termination  for cause.  If the employment of the
Employee is involuntarily terminated, other than for "cause" as provided in this
Section 6(a) or pursuant to any of Sections  6(d) through  6(g), or by reason of
death or  disability  as provided in Sections  6(c) or 7, the Employee  shall be
entitled to (i) his then applicable  salary for the  then-remaining  term of the
Agreement as  calculated in  accordance  with Section 4 hereof,  payable in such
manner and at such times as such salary  would have been payable to the Employee
under  Section 2 had he  remained  in the  employ of the Bank,  (ii) and  health
insurance  benefits  as  maintained  by the Bank for the  benefit  of its senior
executive  employees or its employees  generally over the then-remaining term of
the Agreement as calculated in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

        The terms "termination" or "involuntarily  terminated" in this Agreement
shall refer to the termination of the employment of Employee without his express
written consent.

        In case of termination of the Employee's  employment for cause, the Bank
shall pay the Employee his salary through the date of termination,  and the Bank
shall have no further  obligation  to the  Employee  under this  Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  termination  for "cause" shall include  termination
for personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  poor  performance  review by the Bank,
willful  misconduct,   breach  of  fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,
intentional  failure to perform  stated  duties,  willful  violation of any law,
rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final
cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement.


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



               (b) The Employee's  employment  may be voluntarily  terminated by
the Employee at any time upon 90 days'  written  notice to the Bank or upon such
shorter period as may be agreed upon between the Employee and the Board.  In the
event of such voluntary termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to
pay the Employee his salary and benefits  only through the date of  termination,
at the time such payments are due, and the Bank shall have no further obligation
to the Employee under this Agreement.

               (c) In the event of the death of the Employee  during the term of
employment  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination  hereunder,  the
Employee's estate, or such person as the Employee may have previously designated
in  writing,  shall be  entitled  to  receive  from the Bank the  salary  of the
Employee  through  the last day of the  calendar  month in which his death shall
have occurred, and the term of employment under this Agreement shall end on such
last day of the month.

               (d) If the Employee is suspended  and/or  temporarily  prohibited
from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act  ("FDIA"),  12
U.S.C. ss.  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1),  the Bank's  obligations under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may, in its
discretion,  (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

               (e) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. ss. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1),  all
obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective
date of the order,  but vested  rights of the  contracting  parties shall not be
affected.

               (f) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1) of
the FDIA),  all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date
of  default,  but this  provision  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights of the
contracting parties.

               (g) All  obligations  under this  Agreement  shall be terminated,
except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary
for the  continued  operation of the Bank:  (i) by the Director of the Office of
Thrift  Supervision  (the  "Director")  or his or her designee,  at the time the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC")  or  the  Resolution  Trust
Corporation  ("RTC")  enters into an  agreement to provide  assistance  to or on
behalf of the Bank under the  authority  contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA;
or (ii) by the Director or his or her designee,  at the time the Director or his
or her designee  approves a supervisory  merger to resolve  problems  related to
operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by any such action.

        7.  Disability.  If the Employee shall become disabled as defined in the
Bank's then current disability plan or if the Employee shall be otherwise unable
to serve as Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer,  the Employee
shall be entitled to receive group and other  disability  income benefits of the
type then provided by the Bank for other executive employees.


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



        8.     Change in Control.

               (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  If the  Employee's  employment is
involuntarily  terminated  (other  than for cause or pursuant to any of Sections
6(c) through 6(g) or Section 7 of this  Agreement) in connection  with or within
12 months after a change in control  which occurs at any time during the term of
employment  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall pay to the Employee in a lump
sum in  cash  within  25  business  days  after  the  Date  of  Termination  (as
hereinafter  defined) of  employment  an amount  equal to the greater of two (2)
years'  salary under  Section  2(a) of this  Agreement,  or his then  applicable
salary for the remaining term of this Agreement.

        For purposes of this paragraph 8(a), an involuntary  termination  shall,
at the  employee's  option,  be deemed to be (i) a reduction  in the  Employee's
then-applicable  salary,  or (ii) a diminution of the Employee's  duties,  which
shall be defined  as a  material  reduction  or  adverse  change in the  salary,
perquisites,   benefits,   contingent  benefits,  or  vacation  time  which  had
previously  been  provided to the Employee,  or a material  reduction or adverse
change  in the  Employee's  previous  position  or job  description,  or (iii) a
relocation  of the  Employee to a new work  location  more than sixty (60) miles
from his previous work location.

               (b)  Definitions.  For  purposes  of  Sections  6 and  8 of  this
Agreement,  "Date of  Termination"  means the earlier of (i) the date upon which
the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of his employment with
the Bank or (ii) the date upon which the Employee ceases to serve as an Employee
of the Bank,  and "change in control" is defined  solely as any  acquisition  of
control, as defined in 12 C.F.R. ss. 574.4, or any successor regulation,  of the
Bank which would require the filing of an application for acquisition of control
or notice of change in control in a manner as set forth in 12 C.F.R.  ss. 574.3,
or any successor regulation.

        9.  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable   by   the   personal   and   legal   representatives,    executors,
administrators,  successors, assigns, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees
of the parties.

     10.  Notice.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid.  All notices to the Bank shall
be sent to its home office,  directed to the attention of the Board of Directors
of the Bank,  with a copy to the  Secretary  of the  Bank.  All  notices  to the
Employee  shall  be sent to the  home or  other  address  he has  most  recently
provided in writing to the Bank.

     11.  Amendments.  This  Agreement  is  subject  to the  terms  of a  letter
agreement  between the parties  dated  January 15,  1999,  reference to which is
hereby made.  Otherwise,  no amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.  The parties  hereto agree to amend this  Agreement to comply with any
required provisions of 12 C.F.R. ss. 563.39(b), as the same may be amended.

     12. Paragraph  Headings.  The paragraph headings used in this Agreement are
included solely for  convenience and shall not affect,  or be used in connection
with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>


     13.  Severability.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

     14.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Ohio.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                            CORNERSTONE BANK


                                            By: /s/ John W. Raisbeck
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            John W. Raisbeck, President


                                            EMPLOYEE

                                             /s/ Craig F. Fortin
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Craig F. Fortin




                                      - 5 -





                                                                   Exhibit 10(i)

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                     TO THE
                                CORNERSTONE BANK
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


        WHEREAS,  Cornerstone Bank (the  "Employer") has previously  established
the Cornerstone Bank Deferred  Compensation Plan (the "Plan") for the benefit of
certain  select  management  and  highly   compensated   employees  and  certain
Directors; and

        WHEREAS,  pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan,  the Employer has reserved
the right to amend the Plan from time to time; and

        WHEREAS, the Employer desires to amend the Plan in certain respects;

        NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended, effective September 1, 1998,
as follows:

        1.     Section 4.D. shall be deleted in its entirety  and the  following
shall be substituted therefor:

        "D.    Adjustment of Account Balances.

               (i) Participant  Election. At the time that a Participant submits
        a  Deferral   Notice,   he  shall  elect  the   percentage  of  Employer
        Contributions  to be  allocated  to his  Cash  Account  (to be  adjusted
        pursuant to Paragraph  (ii) of this Section  4.D.) and his Stock Account
        (to be adjusted  pursuant to Paragraph  (iii) of this Section 4.D.).  In
        addition,  at the time that cash  dividends,  if any, are to be credited
        with respect to a Participant's  Stock Account,  such Participant  shall
        elect the  percentage  of such  dividends  to be  allocated  to his Cash
        Account  and/or his Stock  Account.  Any election  made pursuant to this
        Paragraph (i) shall be irrevocable with respect to the affected Employer
        Contributions and/or cash dividends.

               (ii) As of each  Adjustment  Date, the Plan  Administrator  shall
        credit the balance in the  Participant's  Cash  Account  with  Additions
        which  shall  mirror  the   quarterly   appreciation   or   depreciation
        experienced  by the  investment  funds  selected by the  Participant  in
        accordance with the provisions of this Section  4.D.(ii).  A Participant
        shall designate on such form or forms as may be satisfactory to the Plan
        Administrator, the portion of his Cash Account to be treated as credited
        to each of the investment  funds that may be offered by the Board in its
        discretion.  Such desig  nations  shall  specify,  in ten percent  (10%)
        increments, the percentages to be treated as credited to each investment
        fund offered.  Such designations shall remain in effect until changed by
        an express  designation by the  Participant.  Such  designations  may be
        changed  by the  Participant  as of  the  first  day of any  prospective
        calendar quarter, provided that reasonable notice of the change is given
        to the Plan Administrator.  The crediting or debiting of Additions shall
        occur so long as there is a balance in the

                                        1

<PAGE>



        Participant's  Cash Account  regardless of whether the  Participant  has
        terminated service with the Employer or has died. The Plan Administrator
        may prescribe any  reasonable  method or procedure for the accounting of
        Additions.

               (iii) As of each  Adjustment  Date,  the amount  credited  to the
        Stock  Account  of each  Participant  shall be  divided by the then Fair
        Market Value of the Common Shares.  Upon completion of this calculation,
        each Stock Account shall be credited with the resulting  number of whole
        Common Shares and any remaining amounts shall continue to be credited to
        the Stock  Account  until  converted to whole Common  Shares at a future
        Adjustment Date. The Stock Account of each Participant shall be credited
        with cash  dividends on the Common Shares on and after the date credited
        to the Stock  Account.  Pursuant to Paragraph (i) hereof,  a Participant
        shall elect the portion of such cash  dividends  to be  allocated to his
        Cash Account  and/or to his Stock Account.  At the following  Adjustment
        Date,  the  amount of cash  dividends  credited  to each  Stock  Account
        pursuant  to the  Participant's  election  (and any other  amounts  then
        credited to such account) shall be divided by the then Fair Market Value
        of the Common Shares; and the Stock Account of each Participant shall be
        credited  with the  resulting  number  of whole  Common  Shares  and any
        remaining  amounts  shall  continue to be credited to the Stock  Account
        until converted to whole Common Shares at a future  Adjustment Date. The
        Plan  Administrator may prescribe any reasonable method or procedure for
        the accounting of Additions."

        2. Section 5.B. shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall
be substituted therefor:

               "B. Method of Distribution. A Participant's Deferred Compensation
        Account shall be distributed  to the  Participant in either (i) a single
        lump sum payment; or (ii) equal annual installments over a period not to
        exceed  ten  (10)  years.   A  Participant   shall  elect  the  form  of
        distribution in the Deferral Notice. In the event that a distribution is
        made  in  annual  installment  payments,   the  Participant's   Deferred
        Compensation  Account shall continue,  during such payment period, to be
        adjusted in accordance  with the  applicable  provisions of Section 4.D.
        Cash Accounts  shall be  distributed in cash and Stock Accounts shall be
        distributed in Common Shares."

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned,  as an authorized  officer of the
Employer,  hereby  executes this  Amendment No. 1 to be effective as of the date
first above written.


                                           CORNERSTONE BANK


                                           By: /s/ John Raisbeck 
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Title: President and CEO



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                CORNERSTONE BANK

                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


Section  1.  PURPOSE  - The  purpose  of this  Plan  is to  enhance  the  career
remuneration of selected management and highly-compensated employees and certain
Directors through the payment of deferred compensation benefits.  These benefits
are to be provided  from the Plan on an unfunded  basis and it is intended  that
the Plan be  exempt  from the  funding,  participation,  vesting  and  fiduciary
provisions of Title I of ERISA.


Section 2.  CERTAIN  DEFINITIONS  - The  following  terms will have the meanings
provided below.

        "Additions" means the credits or debits applied to Deferred Compensation
Accounts as provided in Section 4.A. hereof.

        "Adjustment Date" means the last business day of each calendar quarter.

        "Annual  Retainer"  means,  with respect to any  calendar  year or other
period, the fixed retainer which,  absent an election to defer hereunder,  would
be payable to a Director  for services  rendered to the Board or its  committees
during those pay periods beginning in the given calendar year or other period.

        "Beneficiary"  means the person or persons designated in writing as such
and filed with the Employer at any time by a Participant.  Any such  designation
may be withdrawn or changed in writing (without the consent of the Beneficiary),
but only the last designation on file with the Employer shall be effective.

        "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

        "Change in Control"  means the  occurrence  of (a) a merger  between the
Employer and any other unaffiliated  corporation  wherein the Employer shall not
be the surviving  corporation;  (b) a sale of all, or substantially  all, of the
assets of the Employer;  (c) a sale of controlling interest in the Employer (51%
or more of the voting  common  shares of the Employer) to parties other than the
shareholders as of the Effective Date; or (d) a merger or  consolidation  of the
Employer  following  which  fewer than  one-half  of the members of the board of
directors  of the merged  organization  were  members  of the Board  immediately
preceding the merger or consolidation.

        "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as may be amended from
time to time.

        "Common  Shares"  means the  common  shares of  Western  Ohio  Financial
Corporation.

        "Compensation"  means,  with respect to each  Participant,  (a) his base
salary  payable  by the  Employer;  (b) his  bonus or  bonuses,  based  upon the
Employer's financial performance; (c) any


                                        1

<PAGE>



MRP's which are to become vested during the relevant Plan Year; and (d) , in the
case of a Director,  his Annual  Retainer and all Meeting Fees.  For purposes of
this  Plan,  a  Participant's  base  salary  shall be  deemed  paid at the times
determined  pursuant to the Employer's regular payroll  practices;  and bonuses,
Annual  Retainers  and Meeting  Fees will be allocated to the Plan Year in which
they are earned.

        "Deferred Compensation Account" means the separate Deferred Compensation
Account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

        "Director" means any director of the Employer who receives  compensation
from the Employer for his services as a director.

        "Effective Date" means June 1, 1998.

        "Employee" means an individual  employed as a common law employee of the
Employer.

        "Employer" means Cornerstone Bank and any successor thereto.

        "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
may be amended from time to time.

        "Fair Market Value" of the Common Shares means the price established for
such  Common  Shares  on the  relevant  date by the  Plan  Administrator  in its
discretion.

        "Meeting Fees" means, with respect to any calendar year or other period,
the fees for attendance at meetings of the Board or its committees (exclusive of
expenses) which,  absent an election to defer  hereunder,  would be payable to a
Participant  during those pay periods  beginning in the given  calendar  year or
other period.

        "Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 3 of the Plan.

        "Plan"  means  the  Cornerstone  Bank  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  as
reflected in this  document,  as the same may be amended from time to time after
the Effective Date.

        "Plan Administrator" means the Employer.

        "Plan Year" means the calendar year.


Section 3.  PARTICIPANTS

From time to time, in its sole  discretion,  the Board may designate one or more
Employees or Directors as eligible for participation in the Plan. An Employee or
Director so designated shall  immediately  become a "Participant" in the Plan. A
Participant  shall  continue  to  participate  in the Plan until his status as a
Participant is terminated by either a complete distribution of his Deferred


                                        2

<PAGE>



Compensation  Account pursuant to the terms of the Plan or by written  directive
of the Board.


Section 4.  DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

        A. Establishment of Deferred  Compensation  Accounts.  The Employer will
establish a Deferred Compensation Account for each Participant.  A Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  Account  shall have two  subaccounts;  a Cash Account to
record amounts  allocated  under Section  4.D.(ii) and a Stock Account to record
amounts allocated under Section 4.D.(iii).  Such Deferred  Compensation  Account
shall be a bookkeeping account only, maintained as part of the books and records
of the Employer.

        B.  Election  of  Participant.   With  respect  to  each  Plan  Year,  a
Participant  may elect to have a percentage (up to 100%) or a flat dollar amount
of his  Compensation  which is to be paid or awarded to him by the  Employer for
the Plan Year in question  allocated  to his Deferred  Compensation  Account and
paid on a deferred basis  pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Each election made
pursuant to this  Section  4.B. may specify a separate  deferral  percentage  or
dollar amount for each component of the  Participant's  Compensation  (e.g. base
salary,  bonus,  MRP,  Annual Retainer or Meeting Fees). To exercise an election
under this Section for any Plan Year,  within 30 days prior to the  commencement
of the Plan Year, the Participant  must advise the Employer of his election,  in
writing,  on a form  prescribed  by the Employer  (each,  a "Deferral  Notice").
Notwithstanding  the  preceding  sentence,  in the  first  year of the  Plan,  a
Participant  may complete a Deferral  Notice at any time within thirty (30) days
following  the  Effective  Date.  Such  Deferral  Notice  shall  apply  only  to
Compensation  payable to, or earned by, the Participant  after the date on which
the Deferral Notice is received by the Employer.

        C. Employer  Contributions.  Each time a Deferral Notice is submitted to
the Employer in accordance with Section 4.B.  above,  during the next Plan Year,
the Employer will allocate to the Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  Account
the  percentage  or dollar  amount of  Compensation,  specified  in the Deferral
Notice.   Any  amounts  so  allocated  by  the  Employer  are  called  "Employer
Contributions."

        D.     Adjustment of Account Balances.

               (i) Participant  Election. At the time that a Participant submits
a Deferral Notice, he shall elect the percentage of Employer Contributions to be
allocated to his Cash Account (to be adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (ii) of this
Section 4.D.) and his Stock Account (to be adjusted  pursuant to Paragraph (iii)
of this Section 4.D.). Any election made pursuant to this Paragraph (i) shall be
irrevocable with respect to the affected Employer Contributions.

               (ii) As of each  Adjustment  Date, the Plan  Administrator  shall
credit the balance in the Participant's  Cash Account with Additions which shall
mirror the quarterly appreciation or depreciation  experienced by the investment
funds  selected by the  Participant  in accordance  with the  provisions of this
Section 4.D.(ii).  A Participant shall designate on such form or forms as may be
satisfactory  to the Plan  Administrator,  the portion of his Cash Account to be
treated as credited to


                                        3

<PAGE>



each of the investment funds that may be offered by the Board in its discretion.
Such  designations  shall  specify,   in  ten  percent  (10%)  increments,   the
percentages  to be treated as credited to each  investment  fund  offered.  Such
designations  shall remain in effect until changed by an express  designation by
the Participant.  Such  designations may be changed by the Participant as of the
first day of any prospective  calendar quarter,  provided that reasonable notice
of the change is given to the Plan  Administrator.  The crediting or debiting of
Additions  shall occur so long as there is a balance in the  Participant's  Cash
Account  regardless of whether the Participant  has terminated  service with the
Employer or has died. The Plan Administrator may prescribe any reasonable method
or procedure for the accounting of Additions.

               (iii) As of each  Adjustment  Date,  the amount  credited  to the
Stock Account of each Participant shall be divided by the then Fair Market Value
of the Common Shares.  Upon completion of this  calculation,  each Stock Account
shall be  credited  with the  resulting  number of whole  Common  Shares and any
remaining  amounts  shall  continue to be credited  to the Stock  Account  until
converted to whole Common Shares at a future  Adjustment Date. The Stock Account
of each  Participant  shall be credited with cash dividends on the Common Shares
on and after the date credited to the Stock Account. At the following Adjustment
Date, the amount of cash dividends credited to each Stock Account (and any other
amounts then credited to such account)  shall be divided by the then Fair Market
Value of the Common Shares;  and the Stock Account of each Participant  shall be
credited  with the  resulting  number of whole Common  Shares and any  remaining
amounts shall  continue to be credited to the Stock  Account until  converted to
whole Common Shares at a future  Adjustment  Date.  The Plan  Administrator  may
prescribe any reasonable method or procedure for the accounting of Additions.

        E. Stock  Adjustments.  The number of Common Shares in the Stock Account
of each Participant shall be adjusted from time to time to reflect stock splits,
stock dividends or other changes in the Common Shares resulting from a change in
capital structure.

        F.  Participant's  Rights in Accounts.  A Participant's  only right with
respect to his Deferred  Compensation  Account (and amounts  allocated  thereto)
will be to receive  payments in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 5 of
the Plan.


Section 5.  DEFERRED BENEFITS

        A.  Time  of  Payment.   Distribution   of  a   Participant's   Deferred
Compensation Account shall be made within thirty (30) days of the earlier of (i)
the date specified by the  Participant in the Deferral  Notice  delivered to the
Plan  Administrator at the time the deferral  election is made; or (ii) the date
of the  Participant's  termination  of service as an Employee or Director due to
retirement,  death,  disability  (as  determined by the Plan  Administrator)  or
otherwise.  Notwithstanding  the previous  provisions of this Section 5.A.,  (i)
within one (1) year of the date on which  distribution  would otherwise commence
to be made to a Participant,  such Participant may, with the written approval of
the  Plan  Administrator,  elect  to  change  the date  such  distribution  will
commence;  and (ii) in the sole discretion of the Plan  Administrator,  the time
for  commencement  of  payments  to be made to a  Participant  hereunder  may be
accelerated.


                                        4

<PAGE>



        B. Method of Distribution. A Participant's Deferred Compensation Account
shall be distributed to the Participant in either (i) a single lump sum payment;
or (ii) equal annual  installments over a period not to exceed ten (10) years. A
Participant  shall elect the form of distribution in the Deferral Notice. In the
event  that  a  distribution  is  made  in  annual  installment  payments,   the
Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall continue,  during such payment
period,  to be adjusted in accordance with the applicable  provisions of Section
4.D.  Cash  Accounts  shall be  distributed  in cash.  Stock  Accounts  shall be
distributed  either in  Common  Shares  or in cash at the  election  of the Plan
Administrator. In the event that a distribution of a Participant's Stock Account
is made in cash,  the Plan  Administrator  shall  determine  the  amount of such
distribution  by using the Fair Market  Value of the Common  Shares as of either
the date of distribution  specified by the Participant in his Deferral Notice or
the  date  on  which  the  Participant's  service  as an  Employee  or  Director
terminated, whichever may be applicable.

        C. Hardship  Distributions.  Prior to the time a Participant's  Deferred
Compensation  Account  becomes  payable,  the  Plan  Administrator,  in its sole
discretion,  may elect to  distribute  all or a portion  of such  account in the
event such Participant requests a distribution due to severe financial hardship.
For purposes of this Plan, severe financial hardship shall be deemed to exist in
the  event  the  Plan  Administrator  determines  that  a  Participant  needs  a
distribution to meet immediate and heavy financial needs resulting from a sudden
or  unexpected  illness  or  accident  of the  Participant  or a  member  of the
Participant's  family,  loss of the  Participant's  property  due to casualty or
other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable  circumstances arising as a result
of events  beyond  the  control  of the  Participant.  A  distribution  based on
financial  hardship  shall not exceed the amount  required to meet the immediate
financial  need  created by the  hardship and shall be made in a single lump sum
cash  payment.  With  respect to a  Participant's  Stock  Account,  any hardship
distribution  shall be made in cash,  based  upon the Fair  Market  Value of the
Common Shares as of the date of distribution.

        D.  Payment  Upon  Change in  Control.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions
contained elsewhere in this Plan, a Participant's  Deferred Compensation Account
shall be  distributed  to him,  in a single  lump sum  payment,  within five (5)
business days  following his  termination of service with the Employer after the
occurrence  of  a  Change  in  Control.  In  addition,  to  the  extent  that  a
Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  Account is  distributed  pursuant  to the
preceding  sentence,  the  Employer  shall  make an  additional  payment  to the
Participant, within five (5) business days following his termination of service;
in an amount sufficient to allow such Participant to pay all federal,  state and
local income and/or excise taxes  applicable to the distribution of his Deferred
Compensation  Account.  Such  additional  payment  shall  be  determined  by the
Employer's  independent auditors. In the event that, pursuant to Section 10, the
Employer  establishes  a trust to pay benefits  under the Plan,  within ten (10)
days following a Change in Control, the Employer must make contributions to that
trust in an amount  that  will  allow the  trust to fully  satisfy  all  benefit
obligations  under the Plan.  Each Plan Year  thereafter  the Employer  shall be
required  to make  additional  contributions  to the trust in amounts  that will
allow the trust to continue to fully satisfy all benefit  obligations  under the
Plan. If, upon a Change in Control,  the Employer had not established a trust to
pay  benefits  under the Plan,  within  five (5) days  following  such Change in
Control,  the Employer shall  establish such a trust and make all  contributions
(upon the Change in Control and for future years) as required under the previous
provisions of this Section 5.D.


                                        5

<PAGE>




        E. Payment of Benefits  Upon Death of  Participant.  In the event of the
death of a Participant,  either before or after benefit  payments have commenced
under Section 5.A. above,  benefit payments called for under this Section 5 will
thereafter  be  made  to  the  Participant's  Beneficiary  or,  if  there  is no
Beneficiary,  to the Participant's  estate. If a Participant dies before benefit
payments have commenced under Section 5.A., any distribution  under this Section
5.E.  shall be made in a  single  lump sum  payment  equal to the  Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  Account at the time of his death. If a Participant  dies
while  benefit  payments  are being  made  pursuant  to Section  5.A.  in annual
installments,  in the discretion of the Plan  Administrator,  distribution under
this Section  5.E. may be made either (i) in a single lump sum payment  equal to
the Participant's  undistributed portion of his Deferred Compensation Account at
the time of his death;  or (ii) by  continuation  of the  remaining  installment
payments to the Participant's Beneficiary.

        F. Taxes.  In the event any taxes are  required by law to be withheld or
paid from any payments made pursuant to the Plan, the Plan  Administrator  shall
deduct such amounts from such payments and shall  transmit the withheld  amounts
to the appropriate taxing authority.


Section 6. NO  FIDUCIARY  RELATIONSHIP-  Nothing  contained  in this Plan and no
action  taken  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Plan  shall  create  or be
construed  to create any  fiduciary  relationship  between the  Employer and any
Participant, Beneficiary or any other person.


Section 7. ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION - The right of a Participant, Beneficiary or
any  other  person  to the  payment  of a  benefit  under  this  Plan may not be
assigned,  transferred,  pledged or encumbered  except by Will or by the laws of
descent and distribution.


Section 8. PLAN  ADMINISTRATION - The Plan  Administrator will have the right to
interpret and construe the Plan and to determine  all  questions of  eligibility
and of  status,  rights  and  benefits  of  Participants  and all other  persons
claiming benefits under the Plan. In all such interpretations and constructions,
the Plan  Administrator's  determination  will be based upon  uniform  rules and
practices  applied in a  nondiscriminatory  manner and will be binding  upon all
persons  affected  thereby.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 9 below,  any
decision by the Plan  Administrator  with  respect to any such  matters  will be
final and binding on all  parties.  The Plan  Administrator  will have  absolute
discretion in carrying out its responsibilities under this Section 8.


Section 9.  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

        A. Filing Claims - Any  Participant or Beneficiary  entitled to benefits
under the Plan may file a claim request with the Plan Administrator.

        B.  Notification to Claimant - If a claim request is wholly or partially
denied,  the Plan  Administrator  will  furnish to the  claimant a notice of the
decision  within  ninety (90) days in writing and in a manner  calculated  to be
understood by the claimant, which notice will contain the following information:


                                        6

<PAGE>



               (i)    the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

               (ii)   specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which
                      the denial is based;

               (iii)  a description  of any  additional  material or information
                      necessary  for the  claimant  to perfect  the claim and an
                      explanation   of  why  such  material  or  information  is
                      necessary; and

               (iv)   an  explanation  of the  Plan's  claims  review  procedure
                      describing  the steps to be taken by a claimant who wishes
                      to submit his claims for review.

        C. Review Procedure - A claimant or his authorized  representative  may,
with respect to any denied claim:

               (i)    request a review upon a written  application  filed within
                      sixty (60) days after  receipt by the  claimant of written
                      notice of the denial of his claim;

               (ii)   review pertinent documents; and

               (iii)  submit issues and comments in writing.

Any  request or  submission  will be in writing and will be directed to the Plan
Administrator (or its designee).  The Plan  Administrator (or its designee) will
have the sole  responsibility  for the review of any denied  claim and will take
all steps appropriate in the light of its findings.

        D. Decision on Review - The Plan  Administrator  (or its designee)  will
render a decision  upon review.  If special  circumstances  (such as the need to
hold a hearing on any matter pertaining to the denied claim) warrant  additional
time, the decision will be rendered as soon as possible,  but not later than one
hundred  twenty  (120) days after  receipt of the request  for  review.  Written
notice of any such  extension  will be furnished  to the  claimant  prior to the
commencement  of the  extension.  The  decision on review will be in writing and
will include specific reasons for the decision,  written in a manner  calculated
to be  understood  by the  claimant,  as  well  as  specific  references  to the
pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If the decision
on review is not  furnished  to the claimant  within the time limits  prescribed
above, the claim will be deemed denied on review.


Section 10. UNSECURED AND UNFUNDED  OBLIGATION - There shall be no contributions
required or permitted to be made by any Participant in the Plan. All payments of
benefits shall be made directly from the general assets of the Employer, and the
right of a Participant  or  Beneficiary to any payment of such benefits shall be
solely that of an unsecured  general creditor of the Employer.  No assets of the
Employer shall be set aside, earmarked, placed in trust or escrow or represented
as being  specifically  set aside to provide for Plan benefits.  Notwithstanding
any provision of this Section 10, the Employer may, in its discretion, establish
a trust  to pay all or a  portion  of the  benefits  payable  under  this  Plan,
provided that the assets of such trust shall remain, at all times, the assets of
the Employer subject to the claims of its creditors.



                                        7

<PAGE>


Section 11.  AMENDMENT AND  TERMINATION OF THE PLAN - The Employer  reserves the
right,  by a resolution  of the Board,  to amend the Plan at any time,  and from
time to time, in any manner which it deems desirable, provided that no amendment
will adversely  affect the accrued  benefits of any Participant  under the Plan.
The Employer also reserves the right, by a resolution of the Board, to terminate
this Plan at any time without  providing any advance notice to any  Participant;
and in the event of any Plan  termination,  the  Employer  reserves the right to
then distribute all amounts  allocated to  Participants'  Deferred  Compensation
Accounts.


Section 12. NO  GUARANTEE  OF PLAN  PERMANENCY  - This Plan does not contain any
guarantee of  provisions  for  continued  service to any  Employee,  Director or
Participant nor is it guaranteed by the Employer to be a permanent plan.


Section 13.  GENDER - Any  reference in the Plan made in the  masculine  pronoun
shall apply to both men and women.


Section 14.  GOVERNING LAW - This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Employer has caused this Plan to be executed by
a duly authorized officer as of the Effective Date.


                                                   CORNERSTONE BANK



                                                   By: /s/ John Raisbeck
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Title: President and CEO




                                        8





MARKET PRICE OF WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION'S
COMMON SHARES AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS


     There were 2,029,204 common shares of WOFC outstanding,  excluding unearned
employee  benefit  plan  shares,  on  December  31,  1998,  held  of  record  by
approximately  722 registered  shareholders and 1,700 beneficial  holders behind
brokers,  banks,  and  depositories.  Price  information  with respect to WOFC's
common  shares is quoted  on the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ")  National Market System.  The Wall Street
Journal publishes daily trading information for our stock under the abbreviation
"WstrnOHFnl" in the National Market Listing.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Fiscal Year 1998           Fiscal Year 1997
                        Low     High    Dividend    Low     High    Dividend      
                       -----  --------- --------   -----  --------- ---------
<S>                    <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>

First quarter          $25.00  $27.75   $ .25     $21.00   $22.75    $ .25
Second quarter          24.75   27.00     .25      21.00    22.25      .25
Third quarter           19.75   25.25     .25      21.25    27.13      .25
Fourth quarter          19.75   23.38     .25      24.25    30.63      .25

</TABLE>

The Company has repurchased  shares and intends to continue to repurchase shares
in order to enhance  shareholder  value.  During 1998,  the Company  repurchased
277,500  shares  and  16,500  in 1997.  The  Company  is no  longer  subject  to
quantitative  regulatory limitations imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision
("OTS") on stock repurchases and intends to continue repurchases of stock.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


                                                            December 31,
                                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                          1998      1997       1996       1995      1994
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  --------  ---------  
                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>    
                                                                                                                 
Selected Financial Condition Data:


Total assets                           $ 327,728  $ 371,988  $ 392,765  $ 231,387 $ 185,670       
Loans and loans held for sale, net       234,812    277,731    287,611    150,476   104,269       
Cash and cash equivalents                 13,854     31,239     15,611     17,605    19,951       
Mortgage-backed securities                50,044     22,433     36,843     45,719    40,533       
Securities                                15,402     22,455     35,729     12,039    16,889       
Deposits                                 192,966    246,909    233,203    139,129   117,529       
Borrowed funds                            85,252     68,339    102,602     31,528     3,689       
Total stockholders' equity                47,594     54,600     54,048     59,668    63,358       
                                                                                                                    
Selected Operations Data: 

Total interest income                  $  25,856  $  29,039   $ 24,160   $ 14,809  $ 12,445
Total interest expense                    15,992     17,934     13,783      7,034     5,178
                                       ---------  ---------   --------   --------  --------           
Net interest income                        9,864     11,105     10,377      7,775     7,267
Provision for loan losses                   (363)     2,285        399          6       ---
                                       ---------  ---------   --------   --------  --------
Net interest income after pro-             
 vision for loan losses                   10,227      8,820      9,978      7,769     7,267

Non-interest income: 
 Loan fees and service charges             1,005        650        156         60        53 
 Gain on sales of loans,             
  mortgage-backed securities  
  and securities                             652        311        340      1,207         2
 Gain on sale of branches                  2,054        ---        ---        ---       --- 
 Other non-interest income                   (22)        31         54        713        17  
                                       ---------   --------   --------    -------  --------
                                                                                                                         
Total non-interest income                  3,689        992       550       1,980        72
Total non-interest expense                 9,757      9,471     8,759       5,349     3,346 
Income before income taxes and 
   cumulative effect of accounting      
   changes                                 4,159        341     1,769       4,400     3,993
Income tax expense                         2,864        158       707       1,507     1,366 
                                       ---------   --------   -------     -------  --------                              
                                                              
Net income                             $   1,295   $    183   $ 1,062    $  2,893  $  2,627 
                                       =========   ========    ======    ========  ======== 
                                                                                            
  
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                                                               December 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                           1998         1997      1996     1995      1994 
                                           ----         ----      ----     ----      ----
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

Performance Ratios:
 Return on assets (ratio of net income to                                                
  average total assets)                    0.36%        0.05%     0.33%    1.42%    1.53% 
 Interest rate spread information:           
 Average during year                       2.40         2.42      2.42     2.65     3.62
   End of year                             2.55         2.31      2.23     2.05     3.27 
   Net interest margin                     2.91         2.95      3.26     4.01     4.40
 Ratio of operating expense to                
  average total assets                     2.69         2.39      2.72     2.63     1.95
 Return on retained earnings (ratio of       
  net income to average equity)            2.42         0.34      2.00     4.72     7.92
                                                                                                  
Quality Ratios:                                                                                   
 Non-performing assets to total assets at       
  end of year                              1.39         0.54      0.52     0.01     0.04
 Allowance for loan losses to              
  non-performing loans                    70.47       196.59     83.95   255.45 1,032.00
 Allowance for loan losses to total        
  loans, net                               1.39         1.41      0.60     0.51     0.74 
 Allowance for loan losses to                                                                     
  classified assets                       68.89       130.08     73.74    87.66   110.73 
                                              
Capital Ratios:                               
 Total equity to total assets at end                                                              
  of year                                 14.52        14.67     13.76    25.79    34.13
 Average equity  to average assets        14.80        13.44     16.50    30.07    19.31 
 Ratio of average interest-earning assets                                                                              
  to average interest-bearing liabilities  1.11x        1.11x     1.19x    1.37x    1.25x 
                                            
Per Share Data:                                 
 Earnings per share-Basic                   0.60        0.08      0.47    1.18     0.42 
 Earnings per share-Diluted                 0.58        0.08      0.46    1.15     0.42
 Dividend payout ratio                      1.67       12.50      2.13    0.85     0.30
 Book value per share                      23.45       22.91     23.48   25.27    25.32
                                           
Number of full service offices                 6       10        10       5        5
</TABLE>



<PAGE>



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL

As a  unitary  savings  and  loan  association  holding  company,  Western  Ohio
Financial  Corporation  ("the  Company"  or  "WOFC"),   holds  Cornerstone  Bank
("Cornerstone"),   whose  principal  business  has  traditionally  consisted  of
attracting  deposits  from the  general  public,  and  making  loans  secured by
residential  real  estate.  Cornerstone's  profitability  and  consequently  the
Company's  profitability  is primarily  dependent upon its net interest  income,
which is the  difference  between  interest  income  on its loan and  investment
portfolio and interest paid on deposits and other borrowed  funds.  Net interest
income is directly affected by the relative amounts of  interest-earning  assets
and  interest-bearing  liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on such
amounts. Cornerstone's profitability is also affected by the provisions for loan
losses and the level of  non-interest  income and expense.  Non-interest  income
consists primarily of service charges and other fees, gains (losses) on sales of
securities and other assets and income from real estate operations. Non-interest
expense  includes  salaries  and  employee  benefits,  real  estate  operations,
occupancy of premises, federal deposit insurance premiums, franchise taxes, data
processing expenses and other operating  expenses.  In October 1997, the Company
incorporated another subsidiary,  West Central Mortgage Services,  Incorporated,
("West Central").  The primary business of West Central is to engage in mortgage
banking activities.

The  operating  results of the  Company are also  affected  by general  economic
conditions,  the  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of federal  agencies  and the
policies of agencies that regulate financial institutions. The Company's cost of
funds is  influenced  by interest  rates on  competing  investments  and general
market rates of interest.  Lending  activities  are influenced by the demand for
real estate loans and other types of loans,  which is, in turn,  affected by the
interest  rates at which  such  loans  are  made,  general  economic  conditions
affecting loan demand and the availability of funds for lending activities.

The Company offers a range of customer services and products,  including deposit
accounts  and loans  with a special  emphasis  on  one-to-four  family  mortgage
lending  and,  to a lesser  extent,  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate
lending.   Smaller  portions  of  the  Company's  loans  receivable  consist  of
construction, commercial and consumer loans. Management has expanded and intends
to continue to expand its consumer lending  portfolio by soliciting its existing
customer base and has initiated efforts to solicit commercial loans.

Management  and the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  have sought to enhance
shareholder value by repurchasing outstanding shares.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS


When used in this  document,  the words or phrases  "will likely  result,"  "are
expected to," "will continue," "is  anticipated,"  "estimated,"  "projected," or
similar expressions are intended to identify "forward looking statements" within
the  meaning of the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995.  Such
statements are subject to certain risks and  uncertainties  including changes in
economic conditions in the Bank's market area, changes in policies by regulatory
agencies,  fluctuations in interest rates, demand for loans in the Bank's market
area and competition,  that could cause actual results to differ materially from
historical earnings and those presently anticipated or projected. Factors listed
above could affect the Company's  financial  performance  and could cause actual
results for future periods to differ  materially  from any statements  expressed
with respect to future periods.

The Company does not undertake,  and specifically  disclaims any obligation,  to
publicly   revise  any   forward-looking   statements   to  reflect   events  or
circumstances  after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of
anticipated or unanticipated events.


<PAGE>


ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets of the Company  decreased $44.3 million in the year ending December
31, 1998,  from $372.0 million in 1997 to $327.7 million in 1998.  This decrease
of 11.9% was reflective of reductions in cash and cash  equivalents,  securities
and loans  receivable.  Cash and cash  equivalents  decreased $17.4 million from
$31.2  million at December  31,  1997,  to $13.8  million at December  31, 1998.
Securities  decreased  $7.1 million from $22.5  million at December 31, 1997, to
$15.4  million at December 31,  1998.  The primary  reason for the  reduction in
cash,  cash  equivalents  and  securities  was to fund  the  sale of the  branch
deposits  related to  management's  decision to exit the  Cincinnati  market and
dispose of all four branch locations in the Cincinnati area.

Net loans and loans held for sale  decreased from $277.7 million at December 31,
1997, to $234.8  million at December 31, 1998, a decrease of $42.9  million,  or
15.5%. The decrease was primarily the result of customers  refinancing loans due
to lower rates,  and the Company  selling new  fixed-rate  mortgage loans to the
secondary  market.  Partly  offsetting  the  decrease in net loans,  the Company
increased its investment in  mortgage-backed  securities  $27.6 million to $50.0
million at December 31, 1998, from $22.4 million at December 31, 1997.

Liabilities  decreased  from $317.4  million at  December  31,  1997,  to $280.1
million at December 31, 1998, a decrease of $37.3 million, or 11.7%. The primary
reason for the  reduction  in total  liabilities  was the sale of  approximately
$84.4 million of deposits  associated  with the four branches in the  Cincinnati
area.  Despite the sale of  deposits,  deposits  increased  during 1998 by $30.4
million as a result of continued aggressive advertising and competitive pricing.
For the year,  deposits decreased $53.9 million,  or 21.8%, to $193.0 million at
December 31, 1998,  from $246.9  million at December  31, 1997.  Offsetting  the
deposit decrease, the Company increased advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
of Cincinnati  ("FHLB") $16.9 million,  or 24.7%, from $68.3 million at December
31, 1997, to $85.2 million at December 31, 1998.  Rates on advances drawn during
the year ranged from 4.52% to 5.52%. The nature of these advances was to replace
a portion of the deposits sold in the Cincinnati area. At December 31, 1998, all
advances were fixed-rate.  The above mentioned advances are secured by a blanket
pledge  of  mortgages  to the FHLB and are not tied to  specific  securities  or
mortgages.

Total equity decreased $7.0 million, or 12.8%, primarily due to the $6.6 million
net repurchase of shares during 1998. Earnings of $1.3 million less dividends of
$2.1 million decreased retained earnings by $0.8 million in 1998. The Company is
no longer subject to regulatory  limitations on stock repurchases and intends to
continue modest repurchases of stock.


<PAGE>


COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997

The  Company's  results of operations  depend  primarily on the level of its net
interest income and non-interest income and the level of its operating expenses.
Net  interest  income  depends  upon the volume of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities  and the interest  rate earned or paid on them. In
addition, the Company receives fees from loan originations,  late payments, loan
servicing  and payments for service  related to  transaction  and other  deposit
accounts, and from dividends on its FHLB stock.

GENERAL.  Net income for the year ended December 31, 1998, was $1.3 million,  an
increase of $1.1  million  compared to the year ended  December  31,  1997.  The
increase  was  primarily  the result of a  decrease  in the  provision  for loan
losses,  an  increase  in  non-interest  income  due to a net  gain  on  sale of
branches,  and  increases  in service  fees  offset in part by a decrease in net
interest  income and an increase in provision for income taxes  primarily due to
the gain on sale.  The  provision  for the year ended  December 31, 1998,  was a
reversal  of  $363,000,  a decrease of $2.6  million  compared to the year ended
December 31, 1997,  which  reflected a provision of $2.3  million.  Net interest
income  decreased  $1.2 million from $11.1  million to $9.9  million,  or 11.2%,
primarily  as  a  result  of  a   combination   of  lower   volumes  of  average
interest-earning  assets partially  offset by lower volumes of  interest-bearing
liabilities. Non-interest income increased $2.7 million as a result of increased
deposit account service fees and net gain before taxes on sale of the Cincinnati
area deposits.  For the year ended December 31, 1998,  non-interest  income also
included  a  $307,000  gain from the sale of  securities.  Non-interest  expense
increased  $286,000,  from $9.5 million at December 31, 1997, to $9.8 million at
December 31, 1998,  primarily due to additional  expenses of $301,000 related to
exiting the Cincinnati  area.  Income taxes increased $2.7 million from $158,000
at December  31, 1997,  to $2.9  million at December  31,  1998,  as a result of
higher income and the tax effect of intangible asset disposition associated with
the Cincinnati area branch closing.

INTEREST  INCOME.  Total interest income decreased $3.2 million or 11.0% for the
year ended  December  31,  1998,  compared to the prior year.  This  decrease is
chiefly due to the lower volume of interest earning assets. This lower volume is
due  mostly  to  customer  refinancing  of  loans  during  the year due to lower
mortgage rates. Interest income from loans decreased $3.4 million as a result of
the  decreased  volume.  Interest  from  securities  and other  sources  rose by
$221,000 primarily due to additional volumes generated to fund the deposit sale.

INTEREST EXPENSE. Total interest expense decreased $1.9 million or 10.8% for the
year ended  December 31, 1998,  compared to the prior year. The decrease was due
primarily  to a  lower  average  volume  of  borrowings.  Interest  on  deposits
increased $217,000 or 1.8% for the year ended December 31, 1998, compared to the
prior year.  Interest on  borrowings  decreased  $2.2  million or 37.8% over the
prior year due primarily to lower volumes.

PROVISION  FOR LOAN  LOSSES.  The  provision  for  loan  losses  is a result  of
management's  periodic analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses
and any  specific  losses  applied  to that  allowance.  During  the year  ended
December 31, 1998, the provision for loan loss was $(363,000).  This is a change
of $2.6 million from a $2.3 million  provision  during the prior year.  In 1997,
management  identified  losses and increased  its provision for several  problem
loans  during  the fourth  quarter of 1997.  These  loans  were  primarily  of a
commercial nature.  Based on satisfactory  resolution of one of the problem loan
situations,  actual  problem  loan  activity,  net  charge-offs  of $359,000 and
continued  review,  management  estimated a $363,000  reduction in the loan loss
provision was reasonable.  Management  believes that the total allowance of $3.2
million  on total  assets of $328  million  and total  loans of $231  million at
December 31, 1998, is adequate  given the area economic  conditions and its loan
portfolio  composition.  At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  was aware of no
regulatory directives or suggestions that the Company make additional provisions
for losses on loans.

The  Company  will  continue  to review its  allowance  for loan losses and make
further  allowances as economic and asset quality conditions  dictate.  Although
the Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level that it considers
to be adequate to provide for probable  losses,  there can be no assurance  that
future losses will not exceed  estimated  amounts or that additional  provisions
for loan  losses  will not be  required  in future  periods.  In  addition,  the
Company's  determination  as to the amount of the  allowance  for loan losses is
subject  to  review by the OTS and the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
("FDIC"),   which  can  order  the   establishment  of  additional  or  specific
allowances.

NON-INTEREST INCOME. Non-interest income increased from $992,000 in 1997 to $3.7
million in 1998.  This increase is due primarily to additional  deposit  account
service fees and net gain before taxes on sale of the Cincinnati  area branches.
Deposit  account  service fees  increased  $355,000 as  management  continues to
actively increase fee income resulting from deposit activity.

During 1998,  management determined the branch investment in the Cincinnati area
was not in line with the Company's  long-term  goals.  As a result,  the Company
sold the Cincinnati area deposits and closed or sold four branches. The net gain
on the sale of deposits and branches was $2.1 million before taxes.

NON-INTEREST  EXPENSE.  Total non-interest  expense increased 3.0% in 1998, from
$9.5 million in 1997 to $9.8  million.  The increase is primarily  the result of
additional personnel costs of approximately  $169,000 associated with closing of
the Cincinnati area branches.

INCOME TAX  EXPENSE.  Income tax  expense  was $2.9  million  for the year ended
December  31,  1998,  an increase of $2.7 million from the same period the prior
year. Income taxes increased  primarily as a result of increased earnings before
income taxes, and the tax effect of the intangible asset disposition  associated
with the  Cincinnati  area  branch  sale.  The  write-off  of the  $1.4  million
intangible asset  originally  associated with the Cincinnati area acquisition is
not deductible for tax purposes, and is a permanent tax difference for computing
the Company's  tax expense.  As a result,  the Company's  effective tax rate for
1998  was  68.9%  compared  to 46.3% in 1997.  In 1999,  it is  anticipated  the
Company's  effective tax rate will approach the U.S.  federal income tax rate of
34%.

COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996

GENERAL.  Net income for the year ended  December  31,  1997,  was  $183,000,  a
decrease of $879,000  compared to the year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease
was primarily  the result of an increase in the  provision for loan losses.  The
provision for the year ended December 31, 1997, was $2.3 million, an increase of
$1.9 million  compared to the year ended December 31, 1996,  which was $399,000.
Net interest  income  increased by $728,000 from $10.4 million to $11.1 million,
or 7.0%,  primarily  as a result of a  combination  of higher  rates on  average
interest-earning  assets  and  lower  rates  on  interest-bearing   liabilities.
Non-interest  income  increased  substantially  as the result of increased  fees
earned on savings and checking  accounts.  For the year ended December 31, 1996,
non-interest  income also included a $234,000 gain from the sale of  securities.
Non-interest expense increased $712,000, from $8.8 million at December 31, 1996,
to $9.5 million at December 31, 1997,  primarily due to an approximate  $610,000
in charges relating to the combination of the two previously separate Cincinnati
subsidiaries  into  Cornerstone.  The  increase  in  non-interest  expense  also
reflects a full year of costs of operating the Cincinnati offices.  Income taxes
decreased  by  $549,000  from  $707,000  at December  31,  1996,  to $158,000 at
December 31, 1997, primarily as a result of lower income.

INTEREST  INCOME.  Total interest income increased $4.9 million or 20.2% for the
year ended  December  31,  1997,  compared to the prior year.  This  increase is
chiefly due to the higher volume of interest earning assets.  This higher volume
is due mostly to a higher  volume of loans  receivable  which  reflects the full
year  addition  of the  Cincinnati  subsidiaries,  Mayflower  and  Seven  Hills.
Interest from investment securities and other sources rose by $511,000 primarily
due to the full year earnings on the increased average investment resulting from
the  acquisitions.  Interest income from the available for sale  mortgage-backed
securities  declined  $1.0  million due largely to the sale of $10.7  million of
mortgage backed securities during 1997.

INTEREST EXPENSE. Total interest expense increased $4.2 million or 30.1% for the
year ended  December 31, 1997,  compared to the prior year. The increase was due
primarily  to a higher  volume of both  deposits  and  borrowings.  Interest  on
deposits  increased  $3.0 million or 31.9% for the year ended December 31, 1997,
compared to the prior year.  Interest on  borrowings  increased  $1.2 million or
26.4% over the prior year.

PROVISION  FOR LOAN  LOSSES.  The  provision  for  loan  losses  is a result  of
management's  periodic analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses
and any  specific  losses  applied to that  allowance.  There was a $2.3 million
additional  provision for loan losses  during the year ended  December 31, 1997.
This is an increase of $1.9 million from a $399,000  provision  during the prior
year.  Management  identified  losses and  increased  its  provision for several
problem loans during the fourth quarter of 1997. These loans were primarily of a
commercial nature.  Management believes that the total allowance of $3.9 million
is  adequate  given  the  area  economic   conditions  and  its  loan  portfolio
composition.  At December  31,  1997,  the  Company  was aware of no  regulatory
directives or suggestions that the Company make additional provisions for losses
on loans.

NON-INTEREST  INCOME.  Non-interest  income  increased  from $550,000 in 1996 to
$992,000 in 1997.  This  increase is due primarily to an increase of $494,000 in
fees and other  charges.  Management  has  actively  sought to increase  the fee
income resulting from deposit activity.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE.  Total non-interest expense increased from $8.8 million in
1996 to $9.5 million in 1997, an increase of 8.1%. The increase is the result of
a combination of increased  spending due to the name change to Cornerstone  Bank
and combination of the subsidiary  institutions  and increased  spending for the
full year operation of the acquired institutions.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE.  Income tax expense was $158,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997, a decrease of $549,000, or 77.7%, from the same period the prior year.
Income taxes decreased primarily as a result of decreased earnings before income
taxes.


<PAGE>


AVERAGE  BALANCES,  INTEREST RATES AND YIELDS.  The following table presents for
the periods  indicated the total dollar  amount of interest  income from average
interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant  yields,  as  well as the  interest
expense on average interest-bearing  liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and
rates. No tax equivalent adjustments were made. All average balances are monthly
average  balances.  Non-accruing  loans have been included in the table as loans
carrying a zero yield.  The average  balance of  mortgage-backed  securities and
securities  available for sale includes  unrealized gains and losses while yield
is based on amortized cost.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                               --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1998                              1997                            1996
                               --------------------------------  -------------------------------   ------------------------------ 
                                 Average     Interest              Average     Interest               Average    Interest 
                               Outstanding   Earned/    Yield/   Outstanding   Earned/    Yield/    Outstanding  Earned    Yield/
                                 Balance     Paid       Rate      Balance      Paid       Rate       Balance     Paid      Rate
                               -----------  -------     ------   -----------   --------   ------    -----------  --------  -----
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                             <C>          <C>        <C>      <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>

Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable               $252,232      $20,411     8.09%     $298,111      $23,815   7.99%     $235,936     $18,437   7.81%
 Mortgage-backed securities       27,626        1,608     5.85        28,994        1,843   6.39        43,243       2,854   6.64
 Securities                       14,781          980     6.65        33,083        2,143   6.40        27,190       2,069   7.45
 Interest-bearing deposits        37,399        2,379     6.36         9,585          797   8.32         8,293         506   6.10
 FHLB stock                        6,649          478     7.19         6,102          441   7.23         3,914         294   7.51
                                 -------     --------              ---------     --------              -------    --------      
  Total interest-earning assets $338,687      $25,856     7.63      $375,875      $29,039   7.73      $318,576     $24,160   7.58
                                ========      =======               ========      =======             ========     =======

 Non-earning assets               23,508                              20,124                             3,242
                                --------                            --------                           -------
   Total assets                 $362,195                            $395,999                          $321,818    
                               =========                            =========                         ======== 

Interest-bearing liabilities:  
 Time deposits                  $164,302      $ 9,641     5.87      $175,163      $10,447   5.96      $144,140     $ 8,188   5.68
 Demand and NOW deposits          12,990          180     1.39        11,998          129   1.08        13,640         146   1.07
 Savings deposits                 65,709        2,614     3.98        53,305        1,642   3.08        29,344         926   3.16
 Borrowings                       62,802        3,557     5.66        97,414        5,716   5.87        79,665       4,523   5.68
                               ---------     --------               --------      -------             --------      -----
  Total interest-bearing
    liabilities                 $305,803      $15,992     5.23      $337,880      $17,934   5.31      $266,789     $13,783   5.17
                               =========      -------               ========      -------             ========     -------   

 Non-earning liabilities           2,775                               4,908                             1,929
                                ---------                           ---------                         --------
  Total liabilities             $308,578                            $342,788                          $268,718

 Equity                           53,617                            $ 53,211                          $ 53,100

   Total liabilities/equity     $362,195                            $395,999                          $321,818
                                =========                           =========                         ========

Net interest income                           $ 9,864                             $11,105                          $10,377 
                                             =========                            ========                         =======

Net interest rate spread                                  2.40%                             2.42%                            2.42%
                                                          ====                              =====                            =====
Net earning assets              $ 32,884                            $ 37,995                          $ 51,787
                                =========                           =========                         ========   

Net yield on average interest-
  earning assets                                          2.91%                              2.95%                           3.26%
                                                          =====                              =====                           =====

Average interest-earning
  average interest-bearing 
  liabilities                                    1.11x                               1.11x                            1.19x
                                                 =====                               =====                            =====


</TABLE>


<PAGE>



RATE/VOLUME  ANALYSIS.  The  following  schedule  presents the dollar  amount of
changes  in  interest  income  and  interest  expense  for major  components  of
interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  It  distinguishes
between  the  increase  or  decrease  related to changes in average  outstanding
balances and that due to the volatility of interest rates.  For each category of
interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing   liabilities,   information  is
provided  on changes  attributable  to (i) changes in volume  (i.e.,  changes in
volume  multiplied by new rate) and (ii) changes in rate (i.e.,  changes in rate
multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table,  changes attributable to
both  rate  and  volume  which  cannot  be   segregated   have  been   allocated
proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Year Ended December 31,                        Year Ended December 31,
                                     --------------------------------         -----------------------------------------  
                                                1997 vs. 1998                                  1996 vs. 1997
                                     --------------------------------         -----------------------------------------
                                          Increase                                  Increase
                                         (Decrease)                                (Decrease)       
                                           Due To             Total                  Due to               Total
                                    -----------------        Increase            -----------------       Increase
                                     Volume     Rate        (Decrease)           Volume       Rate      (Decrease)
                                     ------     -----       ----------           -------     ------     ----------    
                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                 <C>          <C>        <C>                 <C>          <C>        <C>

Interest-earning assets:            
 Loans receivable                    $(3,709)       $ 305      $(3,404)           $4,957       $ 421     $ 5,378
 Mortgage-backed securities              (84)        (151)        (235)             (909)       (102)     (1,011)
 Securities                           (1,237)          74       (1,163)              379        (305)         74
 Other                                 1,875         (256)       1,619               287         151         438
                                     -------         -----     -------          --------      ------     -------

  Total interest-earning assets      $(3,155)       $ (28)     $(3,183)           $4,714       $ 165      $4,879
                                     =======        =====      =======           =======      ======     =======  

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Time deposits                       $  (643)       $ (163)     $ (806)           $2,412       $(153)     $2,259
 Demand and NOW deposits                  12            39          51                (9)         (8)        (17)
 Savings deposits                        431           541         972               772         (56)        716
 Borrowings                           (1,952)         (207)     (2,159)            1,329        (136)      1,193
                                     -------        -------     -------          -------      ------     ------- 

  Total interest-bearing liabilities $(2,152)       $  210     $(1,942)           $4,504       $(353)     $4,151
                                     =======         =====     =======           =======      ======     ======= 
 
Net interest income                                            $(1,241)                                   $  728
                                                               =======                                    ======

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT AND MARKET RISK

The  Company's  primary  market risk  exposure  is interest  rate risk and, to a
lesser extent, liquidity risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that the Company's
financial  condition  will be  adversely  affected  due to movements in interest
rates. The income of financial institutions is primarily derived from the excess
of  interest  earned  on  interest-earning  assets  over  the  interest  paid on
interest-bearing  liabilities.  Accordingly, the Company places great importance
on monitoring and controlling  interest-rate  risk. The measurement and analysis
of the exposure of the Company's primary operating subsidiary, Cornerstone Bank,
to changes in the interest rate  environment are referred to as  asset/liability
management.  One method used to analyze the Company's  sensitivity to changes in
interest rates is the "net portfolio value" ("NPV")  methodology used by the OTS
as part of its capital regulations.

NPV is generally  considered to be the present value of the  difference  between
expected incoming cash flows on  interest-earning  and other assets and expected
outgoing cash flows on interest-bearing  and other liabilities.  The application
attempts  to  quantify  interest  rate risk as the change in the NPV which would
result from a theoretical  200 basis point (1 basis point equals .01%) change in
market interest rates.  Both a 200 basis point increase in market interest rates
and a 200 basis point decrease in market interest rates are considered.

Presented on page 19 is an analysis of  Cornerstone's  interest  rate risk as of
December  31, 1998,  and  December  31, 1997,  as measured by changes in NPV for
instantaneous  and  sustained  parallel  shifts  of 100  basis  points in market
interest  rates.  The tables also contain the policy  limits set by the Board of
Directors as the maximum change in NPV the Board of Directors deems advisable in
the  event  of  various  changes  in  interest  rates.  Such  limits  have  been
established  with  consideration  to the impact on the NPV  capital  position of
various rate changes and the institution's strong capital position.

As illustrated in the tables,  the institution's NPV is more sensitive to rising
rates than declining  rates.  From an overall  perspective,  such  difference in
sensitivity occurs principally  because, as rates rise,  borrowers do not prepay
fixed-rate loans as quickly as they do when interest rates are declining.  Thus,
in a  rising  interest  rate  environment,  because  Cornerstone  has  primarily
fixed-rate loans in its loan portfolio, the amount of interest Cornerstone would
receive  on its loans  would  increase  relatively  slowly  as loans are  slowly
prepaid  and new  loans  at  higher  rates  are  made.  Moreover,  the  interest
Cornerstone   would  pay  on  its  deposits  would  increase   rapidly   because
Cornerstone's deposits generally have shorter periods to repricing.  Assumptions
used in calculating the amounts in these tables correspond with OTS assumptions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              December 31, 1998         December 31, 1997
                             ------------------         ------------------   
  Change in     
Interest Rate   Board limit    $ change   % change    $ change    % change
(Basis Points)  % change        in NPV     in NPV      in NPV      in NPV
- --------------  -----------    --------   ---------   --------   ---------               
<S>             <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
 
                       (Dollars in thousands)

    +300          (60)         (13,580)      (29)      (15,912)     (31)
    +200          (40)          (8,505)      (18)       (9,984)     (19)
    +100          (20)          (3,731)       (8)       (4,537)      (9)
     ---          ---              ---       ---           ---      ---
    -100          (20)           1,551         3         3,113        6
    -200          (40)           2,519         5         4,633        9
     300          (60)           3,951         9         6,248       12


</TABLE>

As of December 31, 1998,  the  percentage  change in NPV resulting  from certain
changes in  interest  rates were within the policy  limits of the  institution's
Board of  Directors.  It should be noted that the above  table only  pertains to
Cornerstone  Bank  and  does  not  apply to the  holding  company.  The  holding
company's  assets are all of a short term or short term to repricing  nature and
therefore are not subject to significant interest rate risk.

<PAGE>

As with any method of measuring  interest rate risk,  certain  shortcomings  are
inherent  in  the  NPV  approach.  For  example,  although  certain  assets  and
liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing,  they may react
in different  degrees to changes in market  interest  rates.  Also, the interest
rates on certain  types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of
changes in market  interest  rates,  while interest rates on other types may lag
behind  changes in market rates.  Further,  in the event of a change in interest
rates, expected rates of prepayment on loans and mortgage-backed  securities and
early  withdrawal  levels from  certificates  of deposit  would  likely  deviate
significantly from those assumed in making risk calculations.

In the event that interest rates rise from the recent  historically  low levels,
Cornerstone's  net interest income could be expected to be negatively  affected.
Moreover,  rising interest rates could negatively affect Cornerstone's  earnings
and thereby the Company's earnings due to diminished loan demand. As part of its
interest   rate  risk   strategy,   Cornerstone   has   attempted   to   utilize
adjustable-rate and short-term-duration loans and investments.

Cornerstone  fully  intends to limit the  addition of  fixed-rate  long-duration
loans and securities to its portfolio. In addition to this restructuring, it has
also begun to offer  consumer  products that reprice on a monthly  basis.  It is
expected that as the size of these portfolio  segments grows,  the interest rate
risk will be lessened, though not eliminated.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


Western Ohio Financial  Corporation's  liquidity,  primarily represented by cash
equivalents,  is a result of its operating,  investing and financing activities.
These  activities  are  summarized  below for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Year Ended December 31,
                                             ------------------------------ 
                                                1998       1997      1996
                                             ---------  --------- --------- 
                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>        <C>       <C>   

Net income                                   $  1,295   $    183  $  1,062
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  net cash from operating activities           (2,173)       668      (324)
                                             --------   --------  --------
Net cash from operating activities               (878)       851       738
Net cash from investment activities            23,025     35,999   (82,460)
Net cash from financing activities            (39,532)   (21,222)   79,728
                                             --------   --------  --------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents       (17,385)    15,628    (1,994)
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of period                          31,239     15,611    17,605
                                             --------   --------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period                              $ 13,854   $ 31,239  $ 15,611
                                             ========   ========  ========

</TABLE>


At December 31, 1998, the Company had $1.1 million in outstanding commitments to
sell loans or securities.

The OTS requires  minimum levels of liquid  assets.  OTS  regulations  presently
require  Cornerstone  to  maintain  an average  daily  balance of liquid  assets
(United States Treasury and federal agency  obligations,  of any maturity) equal
to at least  4% of the sum of its  average  daily  balance  of net  withdrawable
deposit accounts and borrowings  payable in one year or less. Such  requirements
may be  changed  from  time  to time by the  OTS to  reflect  changing  economic
conditions.

Such  investments  are intended to provide a source of  relatively  liquid funds
upon which Cornerstone may rely, if necessary,  to fund deposit  withdrawals and
other short-term funding needs.  Cornerstone's  average regulatory  liquidity at
December 31, 1998, was 36.3%.

<PAGE>

The Company's  primary  sources of funds  consist of deposits and  repayments of
loans and interest earned on securities. The Company maintains a higher ratio of
loans to deposits in comparison with other similarly sized savings institutions.
Historically,  this has not had a material effect on the Company's  liquidity as
it has utilized other potential  sources of funds including  borrowings from the
FHLB  of  Cincinnati  to  maintain  liquidity  and to meet  operating  expenses.
Management  believes  that loan  repayments  and other  sources of funds will be
adequate to meet the Company's foreseeable liquidity needs.

The Company's  primary financing source during 1998 was borrowings from the FHLB
of $76.2 million.  Also a major financing source was the net increase in savings
deposits  of $30.4  million.  The Company  paid $2.1  million in  dividends  and
acquired  treasury  stock for $6.6 million in 1998.  Liquidity  management  is a
daily and  long-term  responsibility  of  management.  The  Company  adjusts its
investments in liquid assets based upon  assessment of (i) expected loan demand,
(ii) expected deposit flows, (iii) yields available on interest-bearing deposits
and  (iv) the  objectives  of its  asset/liability  management  program.  Excess
liquidity is invested generally in interest-bearing overnight deposits and other
short-term government and agency obligations. If the Company requires additional
funds  beyond its  internal  ability to generate,  it has  additional  borrowing
capacity with the FHLB of Cincinnati.

The Company  anticipates  that it will have  sufficient  funds available to meet
current loan  commitments.  At December 31,  1998,  the Company had  outstanding
commitments to extend credit that amounted to $14.4 million.

Under The Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989
("FIRREA"),  the capital  requirements  applicable to all savings  institutions,
including Cornerstone,  were substantially increased. However, Cornerstone is in
compliance with all applicable capital requirements and expects to remain so.

OTS regulations  require that institutions  maintain  "tangible  capital" of not
less than 1.5% of the institution's  adjusted total assets.  Tangible capital is
defined as "core capital" less any intangible assets.  Core capital is comprised
of  common  shareholders'  equity  (including  retained  earnings).  OTS  prompt
corrective  action  regulations  require core capital to be  maintained at 3% of
total institution assets. The following table indicates the requirement for core
capital is 4% because  that is the level that the OTS prompt  corrective  action
regulations require to be considered adequately capitalized.

OTS regulations require the institution to maintain  "risk-based  capital" in an
amount not less than 8% of risk-weighted  assets.  Risk-based capital is defined
as core capital plus certain additional items.  Cornerstone's adjustment to core
capital  included  the  portion  of the loan and lease loss  allowance  over the
amount required for loans classified as loss. This adjustment is $1.8 million as
of December 31, 1998.

The following table summarizes Cornerstone's regulatory capital requirements and
actual capital at December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Excess of Actual
                                                                        Capital Over Current
                     Actual Capital         Current Requirement              Requirement
                 --------------------      --- -------------------     -----------------------
                  AMOUNT      PERCENT       AMOUNT         PERCENT       AMOUNT       PERCENT
                 --------     -------      ---------      --------      --------     ---------
                                        (Dollars in thousands)

<S>               <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>

Tangible capital   $41,078    12.56%         $ 4,906        1.50%          $36,172       11.06%
Core capital        41,078    12.56           13,082        4.00            27,996        8.56
Risk-Based capital  42,847    24.16           14,188        8.00            28,659       16.16

</TABLE>



<PAGE>



IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 133,  "Accounting for
Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities,"  requires  companies to record
derivatives  on the  balance  sheet as assets or  liabilities,  measured at fair
value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of those derivatives
would be accounted  for  depending on the use of the  derivative  and whether it
qualifies for hedge  accounting.  The key criterion for hedge accounting is that
the  hedging  relationship  must be highly  effective  in  achieving  offsetting
changes  in fair  value or cash  flows.  SFAS 133 does not  allow  hedging  of a
security which is classified as held to maturity,  accordingly, upon adoption of
SFAS 133,  companies  may  reclassify  any  security  from held to  maturity  to
available  for sale if they wish to be able to hedge the security in the future.
SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, with early
adoption  encouraged  for any fiscal  quarter  beginning July 1, 1998, or later,
with no retroactive application. Management does not expect the adoption of SFAS
133 to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

SFAS No. 134,  "Accounting  for  Mortgage-backed  Securities  Retained after the
Securitization   of  Mortgage  Loans  Held  for  Sale  by  a  Mortgage   Banking
Enterprise,"  changes the way companies involved in mortgage banking account for
certain securities and other interests they retain after  securitizing  mortgage
loans  that were held for sale.  SFAS 134 allows  any  retained  mortgage-backed
securities  after  a  securitization  of  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale to be
classified  based on holding intent in accordance with SFAS 115, except in cases
where the  retained  mortgage-backed  security is committed to be sold before or
during  the  securitization  process  in  which  case it must be  classified  as
trading. Previously, all retained mortgage-backed securities were required to be
classified as trading. SFAS 134 will be effective on January 1, 1999, and is not
expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.



IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES


The  consolidated  financial  statements and related data presented  herein have
been  prepared  according  to generally  accepted  accounting  principles  which
require the measurement of financial  position and operating results in terms of
historical dollars without  considering changes in the relative purchasing power
of  money  over  time  due  to  inflation.   An  exception  to  historical  cost
presentation  is the valuation of  securities  available for sale under FASB No.
115. The primary  assets and  liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature.
As a result,  interest  rates have a more  significant  impact on the  Company's
performance  than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do
not  necessarily  move in the same direction or magnitude as the prices of goods
and services.



<PAGE>




YEAR 2000 ISSUE

The Company's lending and deposit  activities are almost entirely dependent upon
computer systems which process and record transactions, although the Company can
effectively  operate with manual  systems for brief periods when its  electronic
systems malfunction or cannot be accessed.  The Company utilizes the services of
a nationally  recognized data processing service bureau that specializes in data
processing  for  financial  institutions.  In  addition  to its basic  operating
activities,  the  Company's  facilities  and  infrastructure,  such as  security
systems and communications  equipment,  are dependent,  to varying degrees, upon
computer systems.

The Company is aware of the potential Year 2000 related problems that may affect
the  computers  which  control  or  operate  the  Company's  operating  systems,
facilities  and  infrastructure.  In  1997,  the  Company  began  a  process  of
identifying  any Year  2000  related  problems  that may be  experienced  by its
computer-operated or  computer-dependent  systems. The Company has contacted the
companies   that  supply  or  service   the   Company's   computer-operated   or
computer-dependent  systems  to obtain  confirmation  that each  system  that is
material  to the  operations  of the  Company  is  either  currently  Year  2000
compliant or is expected to be Year 2000 compliant. With respect to systems that
cannot presently be confirmed as Year 2000 compliant,  the Company will continue
to work with the appropriate  supplier or servicer to ensure insofar as possible
that all such  systems  will be  rendered  compliant  in a timely  manner,  with
minimal expense or disruption of the Company's operations. All of the identified
computer  systems  affected  by  the  Year  2000  issue  are  currently  in  the
renovation,  validation or implementation  phase of the process of becoming Year
2000 compliant.

As a contingency plan, the Company has determined that if such service providers
were to have their systems  fail,  the Company would  implement  manual  systems
until such systems could be re-established. The Company does not anticipate that
such  short-term  manual  systems  would have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's operations. The expense of any change in suppliers or servicers is not
expected to be material to the  Company.  The Company has  examined its computer
hardware and software and determined it will cost approximately $128,000 to make
such systems Year 2000 compliant.  Of that amount, the Company has already spent
$47,000. At this time,  however,  any additional expense that may be incurred by
the Company in connection with Year 2000 issues cannot be determined.

In addition to the  possible  expense  related to its own  systems,  the Company
could  incur  losses if loan  payments  are  delayed  due to Year 2000  problems
affecting  any of the Company's  significant  borrowers or impairing the payroll
systems of large  employers in the Company's  primary  market area.  Because the
Company's  loan  portfolio  is highly  diversified  with  regard  to  individual
borrowers and types of businesses  and the Company's  primary market area is not
significantly dependent on one employer or industry, the Company does not expect
any  significant  or prolonged  Year 2000 related  difficulties  will affect net
earnings or cash flow.  Although  the company does not  anticipate  any material
adverse  effects  on its  operations  as a result  of the Year 2000  issue,  the
Company  cannot  guarantee  that Year 2000 issues will not affect its operations
negatively.


<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



Board of Directors and Shareholders
Western Ohio Financial Corporation

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of Western Ohio
Financial  Corporation  as of December  31, 1998,  and the related  consolidated
statements of income,  comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows
for the year then ended.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility of
the  Corporation's  management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial  statements based on our audits.  The 1997 and 1996 consolidated
financial statements of Western Ohio Financial Corporation were audited by other
auditors whose report dated January 23, 1998,  expressed an unqualified  opinion
on those statements.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the 1998 consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Western Ohio
Financial Corporation as of December 31, 1998, and the results of its operations
and its cash  flows  for the year  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.



                                       /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

February 12, 1999
Columbus, Ohio




<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          December 31, 1998 and 1997
                   (Dollars in thousands, except share data)



<S>                                                           <C>         <C> 
                                                              1998        1997
                                                             -----      -----
ASSETS
   Cash and cash equivalents                               $  3,987   $  4,006
   Overnight deposits in other financial institutions         4,550     22,350
   Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions  5,317      4,883
                                                            -------   --------
      Total cash and cash equivalents                        13,854     31,239
   Securities available for sale                             15,402     22,455
   Mortgage-backed securities available for sale             50,044     22,433
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock                               6,948      6,470
   Loans, net                                               230,914    277,731
   Loans held for sale                                        3,898          -
   Premises and equipment, net                                3,241      3,924
   Accrued interest receivable                                1,897      2,360
   Goodwill                                                       -      3,581
   Other assets                                               1,530      1,795
                                                           --------   --------

         Total assets                                      $327,728   $371,988
                                                           ========   ========

LIABILITIES
   Deposits                                                $192,966   $246,909
   Borrowed funds                                            85,252     68,339
   Advance payments from borrowers for taxes and insurance      881        893
   Other liabilities                                          1,035      1,247
                                                           --------   --------
      Total liabilities                                     280,134    317,388
                                                           --------   --------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common stock; $.01 par value; 7,250,000 shares authorized;
     2,645,000 shares issued;                                    26         26
   Additional paid-in capital                                40,452     40,458
   Retained earnings                                         20,351     21,198
   Unearned employee stock ownership plan shares             (1,309)    (1,547)
   Unearned management recognition plan shares               (1,092)      (396)
   Treasury stock; 476,317 and 261,565 shares, at cost      (10,714)    (5,448)
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                      (120)       309
                                                           --------   --------
      Total shareholders' equity                             47,594     54,600
                                                           --------   --------

         Total liabilities and shareholders' equity        $327,728   $371,988
                                                           ========   ========
</TABLE>

                See accomanying notes to financial statements.


  <PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                Years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997,  and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                  1998       1997      1996
                                                --------   --------  --------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>   

Interest and dividend income
   Loans, including fees                         $20,411    $23,815   $18,437
   Mortgage-backed securities                      1,608      1,843     2,854
   Other securities                                  980      2,143     2,069
   Interest-bearing deposits and overnight funds   2,379        797       506
   Other interest and dividend income                478        441       294
                                                 -------    -------   -------
      Total interest income                       25,856     29,039    24,160
                                                 -------    -------   -------

Interest expense
   Deposits                                       12,435     12,218     9,260
   Borrowed funds                                  3,557      5,716     4,523
                                                 -------    -------   -------
      Total interest expense                      15,992     17,934    13,783
                                                 -------    -------   -------
Net interest income                                9,864     11,105    10,377

Provision for loan losses                           (363)     2,285       399
                                                 -------    -------   -------

Net interest income after provision
   for loan losses                                10,227      8,820     9,978
                                                 -------     ------   -------

Noninterest income
   Service fees and other charges                  1,005        650       156
   Net gain (loss) on sale of securities             307         (5)      234
   Net gain on sale of portfolio loans                 -        228        83
   Net gain on sale of loans held for sale           345          -         -
   Net gain (loss) on sale or disposal of premises
     and equipment                                   (82)        88        23
   Net gain on sale of branches                    2,054          -         -
   Other income                                       60         31        54
                                                  ------    -------   -------
      Total noninterest income                     3,689        992       550
                                                  ------    -------   -------

Noninterest expense
   Salaries and employee benefits                  4,494      4,410     3,731
   Occupancy and equipment                           965        950       773
   Deposit insurance premiums                        148        128     1,465
   State franchise taxes                             748        732       898
   Professional fees                                 703        405       360
   Advertising                                       436        354       265
   Amortization of goodwill                          295        425       246
   Data processing services                          455        643       283
   Other expenses                                  1,513      1,424       738
                                                  ------     ------   -------
      Total noninterest expense                    9,757      9,471     8,759
                                                  ------     ------   -------
Income before income taxes                         4,159        341     1,769

Provision for income taxes                         2,864        158       707
                                                   -----     ------   -------

Net income                                        $1,295     $  183   $ 1,062
                                                  ======     ======   =======

Earnings per share - Basic                        $  .60     $  .08   $   .47
                                                  ======     ======   =======
Earnings per share - Diluted                      $  .58     $  .08   $   .46
                                                  ======     ======   =======
</TABLE>

               See notes to accompanying financial statements.

    


<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
                            (Dollars in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1998     1997    1996
                                                   ------   ------  ------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>     <C>    

Net income                                         $1,295   $ 183   $1,062

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
   Unrealized gain (loss) on available
     for sale securities arising during the period   (226)    548     (719)
   Reclassification adjustment for amounts realize
     on securities sales included in net income      (203)      3     (154)
                                                    -----   -----   ------
     Total other comprehensive income                (429)    551     (873)
                                                   ------   -----   ------
Comprehensive income                               $  866   $ 734   $  189
                                                   ======   =====   ======

</TABLE>
 

               See notes to accompanying financial statements.

   

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                Years  Ended  December  31,  1998,  1997,  and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Unearned            Accumulated
                                                                   Additional            Employee                Other
                                                            Common  Paid-In   Retained    Benefit   Treasury Comprehensive
                                                            Stock  Capital    Earnings  Plan Shares  Stock     INCOME      TOTAL
                                                            -----  ---------- --------  ----------- -------- ------------- -------
<S>                                                         <C>    <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>

Balance, January 1, 1996                                    $ 26   $41,048    $24,447   $(3,034)    $ (3,450)   $ 631      $59,668
  Net income                                                 ---       ---      1,062       ---          ---      ---        1,062
  Cash dividends  - $1.00 per share                          ---       ---     (2,275)      ---          ---      ---       (2,275)
  Purchase of treasury shares                                ---       ---        ---       ---       (4,187)     ---       (4,187)
  Commitment to release employee stock ownership plan shares ---        86        ---       238          ---      ---          324
  Shares earned under management recognition plan, including
    related tax benefit realized on vesting of plan shares   ---        31        ---       247          ---      ---          278
  Stock options exercised, including tax benefit             ---        (7)       ---       ---           58      ---           51
  Change in fair value of securities available for sale      ---       ---        ---       ---          ---     (873)        (873)
                                                            ----   -------    -------   -------     --------    -----      -------
                                                           
Balance, December 31, 1996                                    26    41,158     23,234    (2,549)      (7,579)    (242)      54,048

  Net income                                                 ---       ---        183       ---          ---      ---          183
  Cash dividends  - $1.00 per share                          ---       ---     (2,219)      ---          ---      ---       (2,219)
  Purchase of treasury shares                                ---       ---        ---       ---         (370)     ---         (370)
  Commitment to release employee stock ownership plan shares ---       141        ---       238          ---      ---          379
  Shares awarded under management recognition plan           ---        19        ---       (76)          57      ---          ---
  Shares earned under management recognition plan, including
    tax benefit realized on vesting of plan shares           ---      (279)       ---       444          ---      ---          165
  Stock options exercised, including tax benefit             ---      (581)       ---       ---        2,444      ---        1,863
  Change in fair value of securities available for sale      ---       ---        ---       ---          ---      551          551
                                                            ----   -------    -------   -------     --------    -----      -------

Balance, December 31, 1997                                    26    40,458     21,198    (1,943)      (5,448)     309       54,600

  Net income                                                 ---       ---      1,295       ---          ---      ---        1,295
  Cash dividends  - $1.00 per share                          ---       ---     (2,142)      ---          ---      ---       (2,142)
  Purchase of treasury shares                                ---       ---        ---       ---       (6,611)     ---       (6,611)
  Commitment to release employee stock ownership plan shares ---       120        ---       238          ---      ---          358
  Reclassification of management recognition plan shares     ---       ---        ---      (868)         868      ---          ---
  Shares earned under management recognition plan, including
    tax benefit realized on vesting of plan shares           ---       ---        ---       172          ---      ---          172
  Stock options exercised, including tax benefit             ---      (126)       ---       ---          477      ---          351 
  Change in fair value of securities available for sale      ---       ---        ---       ---          ---     (429)        (429)
                                                            ----   -------    -------   -------     --------    -----      -------

Balance, December 31, 1998                                  $ 26   $40,452    $20,351   $(2,401)    $(10,714)   $(120)     $47,594
                                                            ====   =======    =======   =======     ========    =====      ======= 

</TABLE>

 
               See notes to accompanying financial statements.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
                            (Dollars in thousands)



                                                    1998        1997     1996
                                                    ----        ----     ----
<S>                                               <C>       <C>        <C>   

Cash flows from operating activities
   Net income                                    $  1,295    $   183  $  1,062
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to
     net cash from operating activities
      Compensation expense on ESOP shares             358        379       324
      Compensation expense on MRP shares,
        net of tax benefit                            172        165       278
      Depreciation and amortization                   711        678       491
      Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends         (478)      (441)     (294)
      Deferred loan origination fees                  (16)      (119)     (345)
      Amortization of premiums, accretion of
        discounts, net                                 78       (239)      (58)
      Deferred income taxes                           (71)      (177)       21
      Provision for loan losses                      (363)     2,285       399
      Net gain on sale of branches                 (2,054)       ---       ---
      Net (gain) loss on sale of securities          (307)         5      (234)
      Net gain on sale of portfolio loans             ---       (228)      (83)
      Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of
        premises and equipment                         82        (88)      (23)
      Net loss on sale of real estate owned            32        ---       ---
      Changes in:
         Loans held for sale                       (1,131)       ---       ---
         Other asset and other liabilities            (83)      (780)      429
         Accrued interest receivable                  463       (190)     (999)
         Taxes payable                                434       (581)     (230)
                                                 --------    -------  --------
            Net cash from operating activities       (878)       852       738
                                                 --------    -------  --------

Cash flows from investing activities
  Securities available for sale:
      Purchases                                   (10,000)    (2,001)  (23,000)
      Proceeds from maturities                      1,700     15,900     2,321
      Proceeds from sales                          15,193        ---        51
  Mortgage-backed securities available for sale:
      Purchases                                   (40,179)       ---       ---
      Proceeds from principal payments              5,188      3,908     7,567
      Proceeds from sales                           7,119     10,684    21,770
   Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock          ---       (167)   (3,141)
   Purchases of loans                                 ---     (3,710)  (45,236)
   Proceeds from sale of portfolio loans              ---     15,751    17,783
   Net (increase) decrease in loans                44,406     (4,047)  (45,465)
   Premises and equipment expenditures               (397)      (483)     (699)
   Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment        27        164        13
   Purchase of real estate                           (249)       ---       ---
   Proceeds from sale of real estate owned            217        ---       ---
   Acquisition of subsidiaries, net
     of cash received                                 ---        ---   (14,424)
                                                 --------    -------  --------
            Net cash from investing activities     23,025     35,999   (82,460)
                                                 --------    -------  --------
</TABLE>

                See accomanying notes to financial statements.


                                 (Continued)



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
                 Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996
                             (Dollars in thousands)



                                                    1998        1997     1996
                                                  -------     ------    -----
<S>                                               <C>         <C>       <C>   

Cash flows from financing activities
   Cash paid for sale of branches                 (78,453)       ---       ---
   Net increase in deposits                        30,422     13,706    17,284
   Net change in advance payments by borrowers
     for taxes and insurance                          (12)        60       463
   Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances   76,190     93,640    87,963
   Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances  (59,277)  (127,903)  (19,571)
   Cash dividends paid                             (2,142)    (2,219)   (2,275)
   Proceeds from stock options exercised              351      1,863        51
   Purchase of treasury stock                      (6,611)      (370)   (4,187)
                                                 --------  ---------  --------
            Net cash from financing activities    (39,532)   (21,223)   79,728
                                                 --------  ---------  --------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents           (17,385)    15,628    (1,994)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     31,239     15,611    17,605
                                                 --------  ---------  --------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year         $ 13,854  $  31,239  $ 15,611
                                                 ========  =========  ========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
   Cash paid during the year for
      Interest                                   $ 16,171  $  17,926  $ 13,396
      Income taxes                                  2,425      1,010       861
   Noncash activities
      Transfer of portfolio loans to loans held
        for sale                                    2,767        ---       ---

</TABLE>



               See notes to accompanying financial statements.

  
<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)





WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL  CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS
December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

     NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPALS  OF   CONSOLIDATION:   The  accompanying   consolidated   financial
statements include the accounts of Western Ohio Financial  Corporation and its
wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Cornerstone  Bank,  together  referred  to as "the
Corporation."  The financial  statements of Cornerstone  Bank  ("Cornerstone")
include the accounts of its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  West Central Mortgage
Services,  Inc. ("WCMS") and West Central Financial  Services,  Inc. ("WCFS").
Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS:  The Corporation's  revenues,  operating income and assets
are primarily from the banking industry. The Corporation operates six offices in
west  central  Ohio.  Loan  customers  include  a  wide  range  of  individuals,
businesses  and other  organizations.  Major  portions  of loans are  secured by
various forms of collateral  including real estate,  business  assets,  consumer
property and other items. The  Corporation's  primary funding source is deposits
from customers in its market area. The  Corporation  also purchases  investments
and engages in mortgage banking operations.

USE OF ESTIMATES:  To prepare financial  statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based
on available  information.  These estimates and  assumptions  affect the amounts
reported in the financial  statements and the disclosures  provided,  and future
results  could differ.  The allowance for loan losses,  fair values of financial
instruments and status of contingencies are particularly subject to change.

CASH FLOW REPORTING: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due
from depository  institutions,  federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits
in other  financial  institutions  with original  maturities of 90 days or less.
Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions.

SECURITIES:  Securities  are  classified  as held to  maturity  and  carried  at
amortized cost when  management has the positive intent and ability to hold them
to maturity.  Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be
sold before maturity.  Securities  available for sale are carried at fair value,
with  unrealized   holding  gains  and  losses  reported   separately  in  other
comprehensive  income.  Securities  are  classified  as  trading  when  held for
short-term  periods  in  anticipation  of market  gains and are  carried at fair
value.  Other  securities  such as  Federal  Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB")  stock are
carried at cost.  Securities  are  written  down to fair value when a decline in
fair value is not considered temporary.

Gains and  losses  on sales  are  determined  using  the  amortized  cost of the
specific  security  sold.  Interest  income  includes  amortization  of purchase
premiums and discounts.

LOANS AND LOANS  HELD FOR SALE:  Loans are  reported  at the  principal  balance
outstanding,  net of unearned  interest,  deferred  loan fees and costs,  and an
allowance for loan losses. Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost
or market, on an aggregate basis.

Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes  amortization of
net  deferred  loan fees and costs  over the loan term.  Interest  income is not
reported  when  full loan  repayment  is in  doubt,  typically  when the loan is
impaired or payments are past due over 90 days.  Payments received on such loans
are reported as principal reductions.




                                 (Continued)



<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


     NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

ALLOWANCE  FOR LOAN  LOSSES:  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is a  valuation
allowance for probable credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses
and  decreased  by  charge-offs  net of  recoveries.  Management  estimates  the
allowance  balance required using past loan loss experience,  known and inherent
risks in the nature  and volume of the  portfolio,  information  about  specific
borrower situations and estimated collateral values,  economic  conditions,  and
other factors.  Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but
the entire  allowance is available for any loan that, in management's  judgment,
should be charged off.

A loan is  impaired  when full  payment  under the loan  terms is not  expected.
Impairment  is evaluated in total for  smaller-balance  loans of similar  nature
such as  residential  mortgage,  consumer,  and  credit  card  loans,  and on an
individual loan basis for other loans.  If a loan is impaired,  a portion of the
allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported,  net, at the present  value
of  estimated  future cash flows using the loan's  existing  rate or at the fair
value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

FORECLOSED  ASSETS:  Assets acquired  through or instead of loan foreclosure are
initially  recorded at fair value when acquired,  establishing a new cost basis.
If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs
after acquisition are expensed.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:  Asset cost is reported net of accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation  expense is calculated using  straight-line and accelerated methods
based on the estimated useful lives of the assets. These assets are reviewed for
impairment  when events  indicate  the carrying  amount may not be  recoverable.
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and  improvements are
capitalized.

SERVICING RIGHTS: Servicing rights are recognized as assets for purchased rights
and for the  allocated  value  of  retained  servicing  rights  on  loans  sold.
Servicing  rights  are  expensed  in  proportion  to,  and over the  period  of,
estimated net  servicing  revenues.  Impairment  is evaluated  based on the fair
value of the rights,  using  groupings  of the  underlying  loans as to interest
rates and then,  secondarily,  as to geographic and prepayment  characteristics.
Any  impairment  of a  grouping  is  reported  as a  valuation  allowance.  Loan
servicing rights totaled $28 and $40 at year-end 1998 and 1997.

INTANGIBLES:  Purchased intangibles,  primarily goodwill and core deposit value,
are  recorded  at  cost  and  amortized  over  the  estimated   life.   Goodwill
amortization is straight-line over twenty years and core deposit amortization is
accelerated over ten years.

LONG-TERM ASSETS:  These assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate
their  carrying  amount may not be  recoverable  from future  undiscounted  cash
flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at discounted amounts.

INCOME TAXES: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due
or refundable  and the change in deferred tax assets and  liabilities.  Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary
differences  between  carrying  amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities,
computed  using enacted tax rates.  A valuation  allowance,  if needed,  reduces
deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

STOCK COMPENSATION:  Employee  compensation  expense under stock option plans is
reported if options  are granted  below  market  price at grant date.  Pro forma
disclosures  of net income and earnings per share are shown using the fair value
method of SFAS No. 123 to measure expense for options granted after 1994,  using
an option pricing model to estimate fair value.

<PAGE>

EMPLOYEE STOCK  OWNERSHIP  PLAN: The cost of shares issued to the employee stock
ownership plan ("ESOP"),  but not yet allocated to  participants,  is shown as a
reduction of shareholders'  equity.  Compensation expense is based on the market
price of shares as they are  committed to be released to  participant  accounts.
Dividends  on  allocated  ESOP shares  reduce  retained  earnings;  dividends on
unearned ESOP shares reduce debt and accrued interest.

MANAGEMENT  RECOGNITION  PLAN: The cost of unawarded and unearned shares held by
the management recognition plan ("MRP") is shown as a reduction of shareholders'
equity.  The cost of shares awarded to  participants  is amortized to expense as
the shares are earned over the vesting  periods of the awards on a straight-line
method.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS:  Fair values of financial  instruments are
estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully
disclosed in a separate note. Fair value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and
matters  of  significant   judgment  regarding  interest  rates,   credit  risk,
prepayments,  and other factors,  especially in the absence of broad markets for
particular  items.   Changes  in  assumptions  or  in  market  conditions  could
significantly affect the estimates.

DIVIDEND  RESTRICTION:  Banking  regulations  require the maintenance of certain
capital  levels  which  may limit the  amount  of  dividends  which may be paid.
Regulatory  capital  requirements  and  dividend  restrictions  are  more  fully
disclosed in a separate note.

COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME:  Under a new  accounting  standard  adopted on January 1,
1998,  comprehensive  income is reported for all periods.  Comprehensive  income
includes  both net income and other  comprehensive  income,  which  includes the
change in unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale.

EARNINGS PER SHARE:  Earnings per share is computed in accordance  with SFAS No.
128, which requires dual  presentation  of basic and diluted  earnings per share
("EPS") for entities with complex capital structures.  Basic EPS is based on net
income divided by the weighted average number of shares  outstanding  during the
period.  Diluted EPS includes the dilutive  effect of stock options  granted and
unearned MRP shares using the treasury stock method.  Unreleased ESOP shares are
not  considered  to be  outstanding  shares for the purpose of  determining  the
weighted-average  number  of  shares  used  in the  earnings  per  common  share
calculation.

Earnings   per  common   share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the
weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the year. The weighted-average
number of common  shares  outstanding  for basic and diluted  earnings per share
computations were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1998        1997      1996
                                                  ----------  --------- ----------
   <S>                                            <C>         <C>       <C>
 

   Weighted-average shares outstanding - Basic    $2,173,140 $2,232,290 $2,254,598
   Effect of stock options                            32,509     46,993     41,991
   Effect of unearned MRP shares                      13,263        ---        ---
                                                  ---------- ---------- ----------
   Weighted-average shares outstanding - Diluted  $2,218,912 $2,279,283 $2,296,589
                                                  ========== ========== ==========

</TABLE>

INDUSTRY SEGMENT:  Internal financial information is primarily
reported and aggregated solely in the line of business of banking.

RECLASSIFICATIONS:   Some   items   in   prior   financial   statements   have
been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.




                                 (CONTINUED)

 

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)






NOTE 2 - ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARIES AND SALE OF BRANCH OFFICES

In 1996, the Corporation acquired Mayflower Federal Savings Bank and Seven Hills
Savings  Association.  Both  institutions  were located in Cincinnati,  Ohio and
operated in  southwestern  Ohio and northern  Kentucky.  The  acquisitions  were
treated as purchases for accounting  purposes.  In 1997, these institutions were
merged into Cornerstone as retail branch offices.  In 1998, the Corporation sold
its Cincinnati,  Ohio area branch offices which  consisted  solely of the former
Mayflower  Federal  Savings  Bank and Seven  Hills  Savings  Association  branch
offices. Details of these transactions are as follows:

The acquisition costs were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          MAYFLOWER  SEVEN HILLS
                                                          ---------  -----------
      <S>                                                 <C>        <C>    

      Purchase price and related expenses                 $10,149     $10,652
                                                          =======     =======

      Amount assigned to specific assets and liabilities  $ 6,755     $ 9,794

      Amount assigned to goodwill:
         Core deposits                                        945         858
         Other                                              2,449         ---
                                                          -------     -------
                                                          $10,149     $10,652
                                                          =======     =======

</TABLE>

The  goodwill  assigned to core  deposits  was  amortized  over ten years by the
sum-of-the-years  method;  other goodwill was amortized over twenty years by the
straight-line method.

Goodwill   amortization   expense   totaled  $295,  $425  and  $246  in  1998,
1997 and 1996.

Results of operations of the  subsidiaries  acquired during 1996 are included in
the statement of income of the Corporation  since the dates of acquisition.  Pro
forma  (unaudited)  results of operations of the  Corporation for 1996 as if the
acquisition  had taken  place at  January 1,  1996,  are shown in the  following
schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Pro Forma
                                                        As Repported (Unaudited)
                                                        -----------  ----------- 
      <S>                                                <C>         <C>    

   Interest income                                       $24,160     $27,830
   Interest expense                                       13,783      16,370
                                                         -------     -------
     Net interest income                                  10,377      11,460
   Provision for loan losses                                (399)       (565)
                                                         -------     -------  
     Net interest income after provision for loan losses $ 9,978     $10,895
                                                         =======     =======
   Net income                                            $ 1,062     $   380
                                                         =======     =======

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Details of the assets and  liabilities  sold with the branch offices in 1998 are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    <S>                                                  <C>    

   Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents                             $78,453
   Loans                                                      23
   Premises and equipment                                    586
                                                         -------
                                                         $79,602
                                                         =======
   Liabilities
   Deposits                                              $84,365
                                                         =======

</TABLE>

The net gain  realized in  connection  with the sale in 1998 was  determined  as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <S>                                                 <C>    

    Cash and cash equivalents                            $78,453
    Premium on deposits sold                               5,426
    Write-off of intangible assets                        (3,255)
    Loss on premises and equipment                          (117)
                                                         -------
     Net gain on sale of branch offices                  $ 2,054
                                                         =======
</TABLE>




                                 (CONTINUED)

 
<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)





NOTE 3 - SECURITIES

Year-end securities available for sale were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                   Gross      Gross    Estimated
                                      Amortized  Unrealized Unrealized   Fair
                                        Cost       Gains      Losses     Value
                                      ---------  ---------- ---------- --------- 
<S>                                   <C>        <C>         <C>       <C> 

1998
Securities
   U.S. Treasury                       $   499   $  3       $ ---      $   502
   U.S. government agencies and
     corporations                       15,000     16        (116)      14,900
                                       -------   ----       -----      -------
      Total securities                 $15,499   $ 19       $(116)     $15,402
                                       =======   ====       =====      =======

Mortgage-backed securities
   Mortgage pass-through certificates  $50,128   $106       $(190)     $50,044
                                       =======   ====       =====      =======


1997
Securities
   U.S. government agencies and
     corporations                      $22,196   $129       $  (4)     $22,321
   Equity                                    3    131         ---          134
                                       -------   ----       -----      -------

      Total securities                 $22,199   $260       $  (4)     $22,455
                                       =======   ====       =====      =======

Mortgage-backed securities
   Mortgage pass-through certificates  $22,220   $375       $(162)     $22,433
                                       =======   ====       ======     =======

</TABLE>


At  year-end  1998 and 1997,  there were no holdings  of  securities  of any one
issuer,  other than the U.S.  government and its agencies,  in an amount greater
than 10% of shareholders' equity.

Contractual  maturities of debt  securities  available for sale at year-end 1998
were  as  follows.   Securities  not  due  at  a  single   maturity,   primarily
mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Estimated
                                                      Amortized      Fair
                                                        Cost         Value
                                                      ---------    ---------

      <S>                                             <C>          <C>  

      Due in one year or less                         $    499     $   502
      Due after five year through ten years              5,000       5,016
      Due after ten years                               10,000       9,884
      Mortgage-backed securities                        50,128      50,044
                                                      --------     -------

                                                      $ 65,627     $65,446
                                                      =======      =======
</TABLE>




                                 (Continued)

 

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


Sales of available for sale securities were as follows:

                                             1998       1997       1996
                                           --------    -------    -------
   <S>                                    <C>         <C>       <C>    
   Securities
     Proceeds                              $ 15,193    $   ---   $     51
     Gross gains                                190        ---         26
     Gross losses                               ---        ---        ---

   Mortgage-backed securities
     Proceeds                                 7,119     10,684     21,770
     Gross gains                                122        ---        208
     Gross losses                                 5          5        ---


   NOTE 4 - LOANS

   Year-end loans were as follows:

                                                         1998       1997
                                                       --------   --------  
   First mortgage loans secured by:
     One-to-four family residences                     $177,109  $224,289
     Other properties                                    33,097    32,830
     Construction properties                              3,908     7,275
   Consumer and other loans:
     Consumer                                             5,194     7,851
     Commercial                                           6,914     3,886
     Loans on savings deposits                              257       485
     Home improvement loans                                  15        18
     Home equity                                         10,054     6,906
     Other                                                   13        16
                                                       --------  --------
        Total loans                                     236,561   283,556
   Less:
     Net deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts        (83)      (119)
     Loans in process                                   (2,364)    (1,784)
     Allowance for loan losses                          (3,200)    (3,922)
                                                       -------   --------  

        Net loans                                     $230,914   $277,731


</TABLE>

   Activity in the  allowance  for loan losses is  summarized as follows for the
   years ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           1998      1997    1996
                                          ------   -------  -------
   <S>                                    <C>       <C>     <C>   

   Beginning balance                      $3,922   $1,716   $  774
   Provision for loan losses                (363)   2,285      399
   Acquisitions                              ---      ---      577
   Loans charged-off                        (396)     (79)     (34)
   Recoveries of previous charge-offs         37      ---      ---
                                          ------   ------   ------

   Balance at end of year                 $3,200   $3,922   $1,716
                                          ======   ======   ======

</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)



<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)




Impaired  loans totaled  $2,792 at year-end 1998. A portion of the allowance for
loan losses was allocated to each of the impaired loans. The total amount of the
allowance  for loan losses  allocated  to impaired  loans was $1,287 at year-end
1998. The average recorded  investment in impaired loans was $2,799 during 1998.
Interest  income  recognized on impaired loans in 1998 totaled $47, all of which
was recognized on a cash basis.

At year-end 1997,  the  Corporation  had four loans  totaling  $3,433 which were
considered  impaired.  A specific allowance of $1,256 of the outstanding balance
was applied to those loans.

Certain  directors and executive  officers and their related interests were loan
customers of the Corporation. A summary of activity on related party loans is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          1998       1997
                                         -------    ------- 
   <S>                                   <C>       <C>  

   Beginning balance                     $  711    $1,445
      New loans                           1,104        41
      Repayments                           (535)     (357)
      Other changes                         (25)     (418)
                                         ------    ------

   Ending balance                        $1,255    $  711
                                         ======    ======

</TABLE>

Other  changes  represent  loans  reportable  at the end of one period  that are
excludable  from  the  other  period  due to  changes  in  borrowers  and  other
circumstances.


NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Year-end premises and equipment were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          1998       1997
                                         -------    ------- 
  <S>                                   <C>        <C>    

   Land                                  $  862     $ 1,099
   Buildings and improvements             3,416       3,845
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment      2,009       2,040
                                         ------     -------
                                          6,287       6,984
   Accumulated depreciation              (3,046)     (3,060)
                                         ------     -------
                                         $3,241     $ 3,924
                                         ======     =======
</TABLE>




                                 (Continued)

 

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)




Certain  facilities  and  equipment  are  leased  under  various  non-cancelable
operating leases,  which expire at various dates through 2001. Rental expense on
lease  commitments  amounted to $165 and $135 in 1998 and 1997.  Future  minimum
lease payments on lease obligations are as follows:



                  1999                                $    153
                  2000                                     135
                  2001                                      17
                                                      --------
                                                      $    305
                                                      ======== 

NOTE 6 - ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

Accrued interest receivable consisted of the following at year-end:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                        1998      1997
                                                       -------   -------             

   <S>                                               <C>         <C>  

   Securities                                         $   226    $  486
   Mortgage-backed securities                             311       182
   Loans and loans held for sale                        1,360     1,692
                                                      --------   ------
                                                      $ 1,897    $2,360
                                                      =======    ======

</TABLE>

NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS

Year-end deposits were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         1998      1997
                                                      -------     -------
  <S>                                                  <C>       <C>   
 
   NOW accounts, including noninterest-bearing
     deposits of $1,857 and $1,317                    $ 12,708   $ 12,186
   Money market accounts                                49,084     37,182
   Passbook savings accounts                            13,629     22,115
   Certificates of deposit:
      In denominations under $100,000                  103,204    152,492
      In denominations of $100,000 or more              14,341     22,934
                                                      --------   --------
                                                      $192,966   $246,909
                                                      ========   ========

</TABLE>

At year-end  1998,  scheduled  maturities  of  certificates  of deposit  were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>               <C>                                  <C>    
                  1999                                $ 57,002
                  2000                                  42,874
                  2001                                  13,305
                  2002                                   1,477
                  2003                                   1,799
                  Thereafter                             1,088
                                                       -------
                                                      $117,545
                                                      ========
</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)


<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)





NOTE 8- BORROWED FUNDS

Borrowed  funds at year-end 1998 and 1997 consisted of advances from the Federal
Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati ("FHLB") and were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           Current
                                      Weighted-Average
                                        Interest Rate    1998      1997
                                      ----------------   -----     -----
<S>                                   <C>                <C>       <C>    

   Fixed rate advances with
    monthly interest payments,
    principal due in:

        1998                                5.93%      $   ---    $43,540
        1999                                5.62        30,500     20,000
        2000                                6.45         1,000      1,000
        2001                                8.35           340        340
        2008                                4.94        50,000        ---
                                                       -------    -------  
                                            5.23       $81,840    $64,880
                                                       -------    -------

   Fixed rate  advances  with
    monthly  principal  and
    interest  payments, final
    principal due in:

        2003                                5.89%          415        421
        2004                                7.01         2,692      2,730
        2005                                7.17           305        308
                                                       -------    -------
                                            6.89         3,412      3,459
                                                       -------    -------
                                            5.30       $85,252    $68,339
                                                       =======    =======
</TABLE>


   The maximum  month-end  balance of FHLB advances  outstanding was $88,256 and
   $113,112 in 1998 and 1997. Average balances of borrowings  outstanding during
   1998  and 1997  were  $62,803  and  $86,929.  Advances  under  the  borrowing
   agreements  are  collateralized  by a  blanket  pledge  of the  Corporation's
   residential mortgage loan portfolio and FHLB stock.

   At year-end 1998, required annual principal payments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>               <C>                                <C>    
                  1999                                $ 30,551
                  2000                                   1,055
                  2001                                     399
                  2002                                      63
                  2003                                     439
                  Thereafter                            52,745
                                                      --------
                                                      $ 85,252
                                                      ========
</TABLE>




                                 (Continued)



<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)



NOTE 9 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN: The Corporation offers an ESOP for the benefit of
all salaried employees who meet age and service requirements.  The ESOP borrowed
funds  from  the  Corporation  with  which  to  acquire  common  shares  of  the
Corporation.  The loan is secured by the shares purchased with the loan proceeds
and will be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the  Corporation's  discretionary
contributions  to the ESOP and  earnings  on ESOP  assets.  The shares are being
allocated to eligible  employees'  accounts over a ten year period which started
in 1994. Expense for shares committed to be allocated during 1998, 1997 and 1996
was $358, $379 and $324.

The ESOP shares at year-end 1998 and 1997 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1998         1997
                                                      ------      -------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>        


      Allocated shares                                52,073      37,195
      Shares committed to be released for allocation  14,878      14,878
      Unreleased shares                               81,830      96,708
                                                    --------     -------
         Total ESOP shares                           148,781     148,781
                                                    ========     =======
 
      Fair value of unreleased shares               $  1,780     $ 2,599
                                                    ========     =======
</TABLE>


MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION PLAN: The Corporation maintains an MRP for the benefit of
directors  and  certain key  employees  of the  Corporation.  The MRP is used to
provide  such  individuals  ownership  interest in the  Corporation  in a manner
designed to  compensate  such  directors  and key  employees for services to the
Corporation.  As of December  31,  1998,  65,505  shares of the initial  105,800
shares  have  been  awarded.  One-fifth  of  such  shares  will  be  earned  and
non-forfeitable  on each of the  first  five  anniversaries  of the dates of the
awards.  Grantees have all the benefits of shareholders,  including the right to
receive dividends, except for certain restrictions on the transferability of the
shares.  Compensation  expense,  which is based upon the cost of the shares, was
$172, $444 and $247 for 1998, 1997 and 1996.

DEFERRED  COMPENSATION  PLANS: In 1996, the Corporation  adopted a non-qualified
deferred  compensation  plan for two  officers.  Under the plan,  those  covered
agreed to defer a portion of their current  compensation  in exchange for future
payments.  The  liability for the future  payments is secured by  single-premium
life insurance policies on each of the individuals covered.

In 1998, the Corporation  established a non-qualified deferred compensation plan
for the  benefit of certain  officers  and  directors.  Eligible  employees  may
allocate up to 100% of compensation (base salary, bonus, MRP, annual retainer or
meeting fees) to their deferred compensation accounts.

401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN: The Corporation  offers a 401(k) profit sharing plan
covering substantially all employees. The annual expense of the plan is based on
a partial matching of voluntary employee contributions of up to 6% of individual
compensation.  The matching percentage was 50% for 1998, 1997 and 1996. Employee
contributions   are  vested  at  all  times  and  the   Corporation's   matching
contributions  become fully vested after an individual  has completed 5 years of
service.  The cash  contribution  expense  included  in  salaries  and  employee
benefits was $45, $35 and $16 for 1998, 1997 and 1996.




                                 (Continued)



<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)



STOCK OPTION AND  INCENTIVE  PLANS:  In January 1995,  shareholders  approved an
Incentive  Stock Option Plan.  Under the provisions of the Plan,  264,500 shares
have been allocated for  non-qualified and incentive stock options to be granted
to directors and selected  employees.  Grantees are awarded  10-year  options to
acquire  shares  at the  market  price on the date the  option is  granted.  The
options  fully vest and become  exercisable  in five equal  annual  installments
commencing one year after the date of the grant.

In April 1997,  shareholders approved conversion of Seven Hills stock options to
Western Ohio  Financial  Corporation  options.  Accordingly,  43,057  options to
purchase  stock in Western Ohio  Financial  Corporation at a price of $11.47 per
share were issued.

In April  1998,  shareholders  approved  an Omnibus  Incentive  Plan.  Under the
provisions of the plan, 235,224 shares have been allocated for non-qualified and
incentive  stock  options to be granted to  directors  and  selected  employees.
Grantees are awarded  10-year  options to acquire  shares at the market price on
the date the option is granted.  The options are fully vested and exercisable on
the date of the grant.

The following is a summary of activity in the stock option and incentive plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Stock Options
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                  Weighted-
                                          Options                  Average
                                         Available    Options     Exercise
                                         for Grant  Outstanding     Price
                                         --------- ------------   ---------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>           <C>    

    January 1, 1996                       28,229     236,271       $17.74

      Forfeited                            6,000      (6,000)       17.50
      Exercised                              ---      (3,000)       17.50
                                        --------   ---------

    December 31, 1996                     34,229     227,271        17.75

      Plan amended (Acquisition)          43,057         ---          ---
      Granted                            (77,057)     77,057        16.76
      Forfeited                            6,000      (6,000)       17.50
      Exercised                              ---    (107,958)       16.25
                                        --------   ---------

    December 31, 1997                      6,229     190,370        18.17

      Plan adopted                       235,224         ---          ---
      Granted                            (32,936)     32,936        23.00
      Forfeited                            1,690      (1,690)       15.23
      Exercised                              ---     (19,882)       18.39
                                        --------   ---------

    December 31, 1998                    210,207     201,734        19.22
                                        ========   =========

</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)



<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)







The following table summarizes  information  about stock options  outstanding at
year-end 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Weighted Average
                       Remaining          Number
   Exercise Price   Contractual Life   Outstanding Exercisable
   --------------   ----------------   ----------- -----------
<S>                 <C>                <C>          <C>    

   $   11.47            8.30 years       12,751       12,751
       17.50            6.09             84,375       39,638
       18.50            6.30             27,672       18,602
       19.75            6.39              5,000        3,000
       20.50            6.55              5,000        3,000
       21.75            8.38              1,000          200
       22.00            8.49             25,000        5,000
       23.00            9.87             32,936       32,936
       26.63            8.81              8,000        1,600
                                        -------      -------
                                        201,734      116,727
                                        =======      =======

</TABLE>

No stock appreciation rights or restricted stock awards have been granted.

The fair value of options granted in 1998 was estimated using the  Black-Scholes
option pricing model using the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of
4.81%,  expected life of 5 years,  expected  volatility of stock price of 18.48%
and expected dividend rate of 4.44%. Based on these  assumptions,  the estimated
fair value of options granted in 1998 was $3.16 per option.

The fair value of options  granted prior to 1998 were also  estimated  using the
Black-Scholes  option pricing model using the following  assumptions:  risk-free
interest rate of 6.12% to 7.24%,  expected life of 10 years; expected volatility
of stock price of .05% to .17% and an expected annual dividend rate of $1.00 per
share.

SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock Based  Compensation,"  requires  pro forma
disclosures  for  companies  not adopting its fair value  accounting  method for
stock-based  employee  compensation.   Accordingly,   the  following  pro  forma
information  presents net income and earnings per share for 1998,  1997 and 1996
had the Standard's fair value method been used to measure  compensation cost for
stock  option  plans.  No  compensation  expense  related to stock  options  was
actually recognized.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1998           1997         1996
                                        ----           ----         ----
  
   <S>                               <C>           <C>          <C>    
   Net income:
         As reported                  $ 1,295      $    183      $ 1,062
         Pro forma                      1,132             5          974

      Earnings per share:
         As reported
            Basic                     $   .60      $    .08      $   .47
            Diluted                       .58           .08          .46
         Pro forma
            Basic                         .52           ---          .43
            Diluted                       .51           ---          .42

</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)

 

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)





      NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION:  Various  contingent  liabilities are not reflected in the financial
statements, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of
business.  In the opinion of management,  after consultation with legal counsel,
the  ultimate  disposition  of these  matters is not expected to have a material
effect on financial condition or results of operations.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT: Some financial  instruments are used in the normal
course  of  business  to meet  financing  needs of  customers.  These  financial
instruments include commitments to extend credit,  standby letters of credit and
financial guarantees.  These involve, to varying degrees,  credit risk in excess
of the amount reported in the financial statements.

Exposure to credit loss if the other  party does not perform is  represented  by
the  contractual  amount for  commitments to extend credit,  standby  letters of
credit and financial  guarantees written.  The same credit policies are used for
commitments  and  conditional  obligations as are used for loans.  The amount of
collateral  obtained,  if deemed  necessary,  on extension of credit is based on
management's   credit  evaluation  and  generally  consists  of  residential  or
commercial  real  estate.  Lines of  credit  are  primarily  home  equity  lines
collateralized by second mortgages on one-to-four family residential real estate
and commercial lines of credit collateralized by business assets.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition   established  in  the  commitment.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being used, the total  commitments do not  necessarily  represent
future cash requirements.

At year-end 1998 and 1997, the  Corporation  had  commitments to originate loans
and amounts available on approved lines of credit as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Fixed     Variable
                                               Rate       Rate      Total

                                            --------  ---------  --------
      <S>                                   <C>       <C>        <C>
      1998
      First mortgage loans                  $ 1,573   $    515   $ 2,088
      Consumer and other loans                  ---      1,506     1,506
      Commercial loans                          ---        868       868
      Home equity lines of credit               ---      7,304     7,304
      Commercial lines of credit                         2,640     2,640
      Stand-by letters of credit                 35        ---        35
                                            -------   --------   -------

                                            $ 1,608   $ 12,833   $14,441
                                            =======   ========   =======

      1997
      First mortgage loans                  $    32   $  1,230   $ 1,262
      Consumer and other loans                  ---      1,057     1,057
      Home equity lines of credit               ---      3,413     3,413
      Commercial lines of credit                ---      2,596     2,596
                                           --------   --------   -------

                                            $    32   $  8,296   $ 8,328
                                            =======   ========   =======

</TABLE>

The interest rates on fixed-rate loan commitments ranged from 5.50% to 7.38 % at
year-end 1998.



                                 (Continued)

 

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)



EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS:  The Corporation has employment  agreements with certain
officers of the Corporation and Cornerstone.  The agreements  provide for a term
of employment for up to three years and a salary and performance review not less
often than  annually,  as well as  inclusion  of the  employee  in any  formally
established  employee  benefit plan for which such  personnel are eligible.  The
employment  agreements also contain  provisions with respect to payment should a
change in control occur.

LIQUIDATION  ACCOUNT:  In conjunction with its conversion to a stock institution
in 1994, the Corporation established a liquidation account of $21,664, which was
equal to its total net worth as of the date of the latest statement of financial
condition appearing in the final conversion prospectus.  The liquidation account
is maintained  for the benefit of eligible  depositors  who continue to maintain
their  accounts  with the  Corporation  after the  conversion.  The  liquidation
account is reduced annually to the extent that eligible  depositors have reduced
their  qualifying  deposits.  Subsequent  increases  do not  restore an eligible
account holder's interest in the liquidation account. In the event of a complete
liquidation,  each eligible depositor will be entitled to receive a distribution
from the liquidation account in an amount  proportionate to the current adjusted
qualifying balances for accounts then held.


NOTE 11 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The  carrying  values and  estimated  fair values of  financial  instruments  at
year-end were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                          1998                  1997
                                   --------------------   ------------------
                                   Carrying     Fair      Carrying    Fair
                                    Amount      Value      Amount     Value
                                   ---------   --------   ---------  --------
<S>                               <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>   

Financial assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents       $  13,854   $ 13,854   $ 31,239   $ 31,239
   Securities available for sale      15,402     15,402     22,455     22,455
   Mortgage-backed securities
     available for sale               50,044     50,044     22,433    22,433
   FHLB stock                          6,948      6,948      6,470     6,470
   Loans, net                        230,914    233,942    277,731   283,349
   Loans held for sale                 3,898      3,898        ---       ---
   Accrued interest receivable         1,897      1,897      2,360     2,360

Financial liabilities:
   Deposits                         (192,966)  (194,072)  (246,909)  (247,504)
   Borrowed funds                    (85,252)   (82,754)   (68,339)   (68,337)
   Advance payments by borrowers
     for taxes and insurance            (881)      (881)      (893)      (893)
   Accrued interest payable             (486)      (486)      (665)      (665)

</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)




<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)



The estimated fair value approximates carrying amount for all items except those
described  below.  Estimated  fair  value  for  securities  and  mortgage-backed
securities is based on quoted market values for the individual securities or for
equivalent securities.  Estimated fair values of fixed-rate loans and loans that
reprice  less  frequently  than each  year,  are based on the rates  charged  at
year-end  for new  loans  with  similar  maturities,  applied  until the loan is
assumed to reprice or be paid. Estimated fair values for certificates of deposit
and  long-term  debt are based on the rates paid at year-end for new deposits or
borrowings  applied until  maturity.  Estimated fair values for other  financial
instruments and off-balance-sheet loan commitments are considered nominal.

While  these  estimates  of fair  value are based on  management's  judgment  of
appropriate  factors,  there is no assurance  that, were the Corporation to have
disposed  of such items at year-end  1998 and 1997,  the  estimated  fair values
would  necessarily  have been  achieved at that date,  since  market  values may
differ depending on various circumstances. The estimated fair values at year-end
1998 and 1997 should not necessarily be considered to apply at subsequent dates.

In addition,  other assets,  such as property and equipment,  and liabilities of
the Corporation  that are not defined as financial  instruments are not included
in  the  above  disclosures.   Also,  non-financial  instruments  typically  not
recognized  in  financial  statements  nevertheless  may have  value but are not
included  in the above  disclosures.  These  include,  among  other  items,  the
estimated  earning  power of core  deposit  accounts,  the  trained  work force,
customer goodwill and similar items.


NOTE 12 - SAVINGS ASSOCIATION INSURANCE FUND RECAPITALIZATION

Included in deposit insurance  premium expense in the accompanying  consolidated
statement  of income  for the year  ended  December  31,  1996,  is $1,064 for a
special  assessment  resulting from  legislation  passed and enacted into law on
September 30, 1996, to recapitalize  the Savings  Association  Insurance Fund of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  Thrifts such as the Corporation paid
a one-time assessment in November,  1996, of $0.657 for each $100 in deposits as
of March 31, 1995. Because of the recapitalization, the Corporation began paying
lower deposit insurance premiums in January, 1997.

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1998       1997      1996
                                            ------    ------    -------
      <S>                                  <C>         <C>      <C>   

      Current                               $ 2,935   $   630   $   686
      Deferred                                  (71)     (472)       21
                                            -------   -------   -------

                                            $ 2,864   $   158   $   707
                                            =======   =======   =======


</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)

 
<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)






The sources of year-end gross deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        1998         1997
                                                       ------       ------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>   

Deferred tax assets
   Deferred compensation and management
     recognition plan                                 $     61     $   144
   Allowance for loans losses                            1,034       1,094
   Unrealized loss on securities available for sale         62         ---
   Other                                                    59         ---
                                                      --------     -------
                                                         1,216       1,238
Deferred tax liabilities
   FHLB stock dividends                                    752         699
   Depreciation                                            ---          57
   Adjustment for former use of cash basis accounting
     method for income tax reporting                       ---          99
   Unrealized gain on securities available for sale        ---         159
   Other                                                   ---          52
                                                      --------     -------
                                                           752       1,066

                                                      $    464     $   172
                                                      ========     =======

</TABLE>

Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S.
federal  income tax rate of 34% to income before income taxes as a result of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1998      1997     1996
                                            -------   -------   ------
   <S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>  

   Income tax computed at the
     statutory tax rate                     $ 1,414    $  116   $  601
   Tax effect of:
      Dividend exclusion                        ---       (17)      (1)
      Intangible assets                       1,372       145       81
      Other                                      78       (86)      26
                                            -------    ------   ------

                                            $ 2,864    $  158   $  707
                                            =======    ======   ======

   Effective tax rate                          68.9%     46.3%   40.0%
                                               ====      ====    ====

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
Prior to the enactment of legislation discussed below, thrifts which met certain
tests  relating to the  composition  of assets had been  permitted  to establish
reserves for bad debts and to make annual additions thereto which could,  within
specified  formula limits,  be taken as a deduction in computing  taxable income
for federal  income tax purposes.  The amount of the bad debt reserve  deduction
for "non-qualifying  loans" was computed under the experience method. The amount
of the bad debt reserve  deduction for "qualifying real property loans" could be
computed under either the experience  method or the percentage of taxable income
method, based on an annual election.

In August 1996,  legislation was enacted that repealed the percentage of taxable
income  method of  accounting  used by many thrifts to calculate  their bad debt
reserve for federal income tax purposes.  As a result, small thrifts such as the
Corporation  must  recapture that portion of the reserve that exceeds the amount
that could have been taken under the experience  method for tax years  beginning
after December 31, 1987. The  legislation  also requires  thrifts to account for
bad debts for federal income tax purposes on the same basis as commercial  banks
for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995. The recapture will occur over a
six-year  period.  The  commencement  of the  recapture by the  Corporation  was
delayed  until  1998  as  the  Corporation  met  certain   residential   lending
requirements.  In 1998, the Corporation  recaptured $52 in bad debt reserves. At
December 31, 1998, the Corporation had $260 in bad debt reserves remaining to be
recaptured  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  over the next five  years.  The
deferred tax liability related to the recapture has been previously established.

Retained  earnings at December 31, 1998 and 1997,  includes  $8,709 for which no
provision for federal  income taxes has been made.  This amount  represents  the
qualifying  and  non-qualifying  tax bad debt  reserve as of December  31, 1987,
which is the  Corporation's  base year for purposes of calculating  the bad debt
deduction  for tax purposes.  The related  amount of  unrecognized  deferred tax
liability  was $2,961 at December 31, 1998 and 1997. If this portion of retained
earnings is used in the future for any  purpose  other than to absorb bad debts,
it will be added to future taxable income.


NOTE 14 - REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Cornerstone is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered
by the federal regulatory agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can initiate certain mandatory actions that, if undertaken,  could have a direct
material effect on Cornerstone's  financial  statements.  Under capital adequacy
guidelines  and  the  regulatory   framework  for  prompt   corrective   action,
Cornerstone  must meet specific  capital  guidelines  that involve  quantitative
measures of  Cornerstone's  assets,  liabilities  and certain  off-balance-sheet
items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Cornerstone's capital
amounts and  classifications  are also subject to  qualitative  judgments by the
regulators about Cornerstone's components, risk weightings and other factors. At
year-end 1998 and 1997,  management  believes  Cornerstone is in compliance with
all regulatory capital requirements.  Cornerstone is considered well capitalized
under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act at year-end 1998 and 1997. Management is
not aware of any matters  subsequent  to  December  31,  1998,  that would cause
Cornerstone's capital category to change.

The following is a reconciliation of capital under generally accepted accounting
principles,  as  shown  on the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets,  to
Cornerstone's regulatory capital at year-end 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998      1997
                                                        -------   --------
<S>                                                     <C>       <C> 


   Total shareholders' equity per financial statements  $47,594    $54,600
   Nonallowable items:
      Parent company equity                              (6,605)    (8,797)
      Intangible assets                                     (31)    (3,597)
      Unrealized (gain) loss on securities available
        for sale                                            120       (309)
                                                         ------     ------
   Tier I (core) and tangible capital                    41,078     41,897
   Additional capital items:
      General valuation allowances (limited)              1,769      2,433
                                                        -------    -------

   Total risk-based capital                             $42,847    $44,330
                                                        =======    =======

</TABLE>


                                 (Continued)

  


<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)




At  year-end  1998 and 1997,  Cornerstone's  actual  capital  level and  minimum
required levels under prompt corrective action regulations were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   Minimum          Minimum
                                                  Required         Required
                                             To Be Adequately     To Be Well
                                 Actual         Capitalized      Capitalized
                              -------------   -----------------  --------------
                              Amount  Ratio   Amount   Ratio    Amount  Ratio
                              ------  -----  --------  ------   ------- ------
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>

1998
Total capital
  (to risk-weighted assets)   $42,847  24.2%   $14,188   8.0%    $17,736  10.0%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to
  risk-weighted assets)        41,078  23.2      7,094   4.0      10,641   6.0
Tier 1 (core) capital
  (to adjusted total assets)   41,078  12.6     13,082   4.0      16,353   5.0
Tangible capital (to
   adjusted total assets)      41,078  12.6      4,906   1.5       N/A

1997
Total capital (to
  risk-weighted assets)       $44,330  21.6%   $16,409   8.0%    $20,511  10.0%
Tier 1 (core) capital (to
  risk-weighted assets)        41,897  20.4      8,204   4.0      12,307   6.0
Tier 1 (core) capital (to
   adjusted total assets)      41,897  11.4     11,014   3.0      18,360   5.0
Tangible capital (to adjusted
    total assets)              41,897  11.4      5,507   1.5        N/A

</TABLE>

In addition to certain federal income tax  considerations,  the Office of Thrift
Supervision  ("OTS")  regulations impose limitations on the payment of dividends
and other capital distributions by savings  associations.  Under OTS regulations
applicable to converted  savings  banks,  Cornerstone  is not permitted to pay a
cash dividend on its common shares if its regulatory  capital would, as a result
of  payment of such  dividends,  be reduced  below the amount  required  for the
Liquidation  Account,  or  below  applicable   regulatory  capital  requirements
prescribed by the OTS.

Under recently adopted OTS regulations, savings banks paying dividends in excess
of the current year and preceding two years net retained  income must first file
an application  with the OTS.  Therefore,  Cornerstone  Bank will be required to
submit an application to the OTS prior to paying dividends to the Corporation.

Cornerstone  currently meets all of its capital requirements and, unless the OTS
determines  that  Cornerstone  is an  institution  requiring  more  than  normal
supervision,  Cornerstone  may pay  dividends in  accordance  with the foregoing
provisions of OTS regulations.



                                 (Continued)

 

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)







NOTE 15 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Condensed  financial  information  of Western Ohio  Financial  Corporation is as
follows:

                           CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        1998       1997
                                                      --------   --------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>    

Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents                          $  5,626   $ 2,762
   Investment in bank subsidiary                        40,989    45,804
   Investment in non-bank subsidiary                       ---        37
   Intercompany receivables                                904     5,864
   Other assets                                            300       257
                                                      --------   -------
      Total assets                                    $ 47,819   $54,724
                                                      ========   =======

Liabilities and shareholders' equity
   Other liabilities                                  $    225   $   124
   Shareholders' equity                                 47,594    54,600
                                                      --------   -------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity      $ 47,819   $54,724
                                                      ========   =======
</TABLE>



                                 (Continued)

 
<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)





NOTE 15 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

                        CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 1998       1997       1996
                                               ---------  --------    --------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>         <C>    

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
   Dividends from subsidiaries                  $  6,000   $ 5,002   $ 15,500
   Loan to ESOP                                      128       123        143
   Other                                              53        75        357
                                                --------   -------   --------
      Total interest and dividend income           6,181     5,200     16,000

Other income                                         ---        22         78
Operating expenses                                  (608)     (728)      (805)
                                                --------   -------   --------

Income before income taxes and distributions
  in excess of earnings of subsidiary              5,573     4,494     15,273

Income tax benefit                                   145       157         76
                                                 -------   -------   --------

Income before distributions in excess of
  earnings of subsidiary                           5,718     4,651     15,349

Distributions in excess of earnings of subsidiary (4,423)   (4,468)   (14,287)
                                                  -------  -------   --------

Net income                                      $  1,295   $   183   $  1,062
                                                ========   =======   ========
</TABLE>


                 CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1998       1997       1996
                                                --------   --------  ---------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>       <C>


Net Income                                      $  1,295   $   183   $  1,062

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
   Unrealized gain (loss) on available
     for sale securities arising during
     the period                                     (429)      551       (837)
   Reclassification adjustment for amount
     realized on securities sales included
     in net income                                   ---       ---        (36)
                                                --------   -------   --------
      Total other comprehensive income              (429)      551       (873)
                                                --------   -------   --------

Comprehensive income                            $    866   $   734   $    189
                                                ========   =======   ========
</TABLE>




                                 (Continued)

      

<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)





NOTE 15 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

                      CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1998       1997       1996
                                               ---------   --------   ---------
<S>                      <C>                   <C>          <C>       <C>  


Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income                                      $  1,295   $   183   $   1,062
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
     provided by operations:
      Gain on sale of securities available
        for sale                                     ---       ---        (54)
      Distributions in excess of earnings
         of subsidiary                             4,423     4,468     14,287
      Compensation expense on ESOP and MRP shares    530       544        566
      Changes in:
        Other assets                                 (43)     (172)        63
        Other liabilities                            101      (968)       927
                                                --------   -------   --------
         Net cash from operating activities        6,306     4,055     16,851

Cash flows from investing activities
   Investment in subsidiaries                        ---       (37)   (19,488)
   Proceeds from sale of investments                 ---       ---      2,915
   Intercompany advance                              ---    (5,489)      (152)
   Proceeds from repayments of
      intercompany advances                        4,960       ---        ---
                                                --------   -------   --------
         Net cash from investing activities        4,960    (5,526)   (16,725)

Cash flows from financing activities
   Cash dividends paid                            (2,142)   (2,219)    (2,275)
   Proceeds from stock options exercised             351     1,863        ---
   Purchase of treasury stock                     (6,611)     (370)    (4,129)
                                                --------   -------   --------
         Net cash from financing activities       (8,402)     (726)    (6,404)
                                                --------   -------   --------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents            2,864    (2,197)    (6,278)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     2,762     4,959     11,237
                                                --------   -------   --------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year         $ 5,626   $ 2,762   $  4,959
                                                 ========  =======   ========

</TABLE>




                                 (Continued)




<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)



NOTE 16 - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following tables summarize selected quarterly results of operations for 1998
and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Three months ended
                                                        -------------------
December 31, 1998                  March 31,   June 30,  September 30, December 31,
                                   ---------   --------  ------------- ------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    

                                       (In thousands except per share data)

Interest and dividend income       $ 6,740     $ 6,551     $ 6,314     $ 6,251
Interest expense                     4,155       3,993       4,029       3,815
                                   -------     -------     -------     -------
Net interest income                  2,585       2,558       2,285       2,436
Provision for loan losses              ---        (261)        ---        (102)
                                   -------     -------     -------     -------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses          2,585       2,819       2,285       2,538
Non-interest income                    393         477         382       2,437
Non-interest expense                (2,262)     (2,544)     (2,331)     (2,620)
                                    ------     -------      ------     -------
Income before income tax               716         752         336       2,355
Income tax expense                     281         282         150       2,151
                                   -------     -------     -------     -------
Net income                         $   435     $   470     $   186     $   204
                                   =======     =======     =======     =======

Earnings per share
  Basic                            $   .19    $    .21     $   .09     $   .11
                                   =======    ========     =======     =======
  Diluted                          $   .19    $    .21     $   .08     $   .10
                                   =======    ========     =======     =======

Dividends declared per share       $   .25    $    .25     $   .25     $   .25
                                   =======    ==== ===     =======     =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Three months ended
                                   -----------------------------------------------
December 31, 1997                  March 31,  June 30,  September 30, December 31,
                                   ---------  --------  ------------- ------------
                                       (In thousands except per share data)
<S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>            <C>    


Interest and dividend income       $ 7,114     $ 7,414    $  7,450     $  7,061
Interest expense                     4,431       4,548       4,591        4,364
                                   -------     -------    --------     --------
Net interest income                  2,683       2,866       2,859        2,697
Provision for loan losses               67          43         246        1,929
                                   -------     -------    --------     --------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses          2,616       2,823       2,613          768
Non-interest income                    267         132         207          386
Non-interest expense                (2,323)     (2,226)     (2,688)      (2,234)
                                   -------     -------    --------      -------
Income before income tax               560         729         132       (1,080)
Income tax expense (benefit)           228         277          72         (419)
                                   -------     -------    --------      -------
Net income                         $   332     $   452    $     60      $  (661)
                                   =======     =======    ========      =======

Earnings per share
  Basic                            $   .15     $   .21    $   .03      $   (.31)
                                   =======     =======    =======      ========
  Diluted                          $   .15     $   .20    $   .03      $   (.30)
                                   =======     =======    =======      ========

Dividends declared per share       $   .25    $   .25     $   .25      $    .25
                                   =======    =======     =======      ========


</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                      WESTERN OHIO FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                              Springfield, Ohio


Board of Directors of Western Ohio Financial Corporation and Cornerstone Bank
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         <S>                          <C>
        David L. Dillahunt              Senior Vice President, Advest, Inc.
        John W. Raisbeck                President and Chief Executive Officer, Cornerstone Bank
        Howard V. Dodds                 President, Howard's Foods, Inc.
        John E. Field                   Vice Chairman of the Board, Wallace & Turner, Inc.
        Jeffrey L. Levine               President, Larry Stein Realty and Levine Realty Company
        William N. Scarff               President, Scarff's Nursery, Inc. and Scarff's Land Company
        Aristides G. Gianakopoulos      President, The Champion Company

Officers of Western Ohio Financial Company
     
        John W. Raisbeck              President and Chief Executive Officer
        John T. Heckman               Executive Vice President
        Gary L. Hicks                 Executive Vice President
        Robert P. Brezing             Senior Vice President
        Craig F. Fortin               Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
        Suzanne E. Moeller            Corporate Secretary

Officers of Cornerstone Bank

        John W. Raisbeck              President and Chief Executive Officer
        John T. Heckman               Executive Vice President, Operations and Administration
        Gary L. Hicks                 Executive Vice President, Mortgage Lending
        Robert P. Brezing             Senior Vice President, Business Banking
        Craig F. Fortin               Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
        Suzanne E. Moeller            Corporate Secretary
</TABLE>

Annual Report on Form 10-K

A copy of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission will be available  without charge upon request to: Investor
Relations,  Western Ohio Financial  Corporation,  28 East Main Street,  P.O. Box
509, Springfield, Ohio 45501-0509, (937)325-9990.

Annual Meeting

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Western Ohio Financial Corporation will be
held at 9:00 AM on Thursday,  April 29, 1999 at the Springfield Inn, 100 South 
Fountain Avenue, Springfield, Ohio 45502.

Transfer Agent

American  Securities  Transfer and Trust,  Inc. serves as the transfer agent for
Western Ohio Financial Corporation's shares.  Communications regarding change of
address,  transfer of shares, and lost certificates  should be sent to: American
Securities  Transfer & Trust,  Inc., Suite 101, 938 Quail Street,  Lakewood,  CO
80215-5513.

<PAGE>


Legal Counsel

Local Counsel

Martin Browne Hull & Harper
1 South Limestone Street
Springfield, OH 45502

Special Counsel

Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
1100 New York Avenue N.W.
Washington D.C. 20005

Market Makers

The Chicago Corporation
208 La Salle Street
Chicago, IL 60604
(315)855-7600

S.J. Wolfe & Co.
32 North Main Street
Suite 647
Dayton, OH 45402
(937)223-1626

Everen Securities, Inc.
77 West Wacker Dr.
Chicago, IL 60601
(312)574-6000

Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.
2 World Trade Center
104th Floor
New York, NY 10048
(212)466-7744

Advest, Inc.
One Commercial Plaza
280 Trumbull Street
Hartford, CT 06103
(203)525-1421

Friedman Billings Ramsey & Co.
Potomac Tower
18th Floor
1001 19th Street North
Arlington, VA 22209
(703)312-9600

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
2 World Trade Center
85th Floor
New York, NY 10048
(212)323-8300


To learn more about Cornerstone Bank's services, call 1-800-600-1884

We invite you to call on Cornerstone Bank for your personal and business banking
needs.  For more information  about our various banking and financial services,
call or visit any Cornerstone Bank branch, or call 1-800-600-1884.




                                                                    EXHIBIT 21


                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



            Parent                           Subsidiary                        Ownership           Organization
- --------------------------  ---------------------------------------        -----------------   --------------------
<S>                         <C>                                            <C>                 <C>


Western Ohio Financial          Cornerstone Bank                                 100%                 Federal
Corporation

Cornerstone Bank                West Central Mortgage Services, Inc.             100%                 Delaware

Cornerstone Bank                Springfield-Home Community                        50%                   Ohio
                                Reinvestment Corporation

Cornerstone Bank                West Central Financial Services, Inc.            100%                   Ohio

</TABLE>



     The financial  statements of the Registrant are consolidated  with those of
its subsidiaries.






                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.1


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-97586, 33-97588 and 333-71453) of Western Ohio
Financial  Corporation (the "Company") of our report dated February 12, 1999, on
the 1998  consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Company,  which report is
included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1998.


                                            /s/ Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP


Columbus, Ohio
March 26, 1999






                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.2


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-97586, 33-97588 and 333-71453) of Western Ohio
Financial  Corporation  of our report dated January 23, 1998,  appearing in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Western Ohio  Financial  Corporation  for the year
ended December 31, 1998.


/s/ Clark, Schaefer, Hackett & Co.


Springfield, Ohio
March 26, 1999





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                9
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE  CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM THE ANNUAL
REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>  1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                       3,987
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                       5,317
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                             4,550
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                 15,402
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                      15,402
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                        15,402
<LOANS>                                    230,914
<ALLOWANCE>                                 (3,200)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             327,728
<DEPOSITS>                                 192,966
<SHORT-TERM>                                30,500
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                          1,916
<LONG-TERM>                                 54,752
                            0
                                      0
<COMMON>                                        26
<OTHER-SE>                                  47,568
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>             327,728
<INTEREST-LOAN>                             20,411
<INTEREST-INVEST>                            4,967
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               478
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                            25,856
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                          12,435
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           3,557
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                        9,864
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                 (363)
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                             307
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                              9,757
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              4,159
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   4,159
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  0
<CHANGES>                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,295
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                 0.60
<EPS-DILUTED>                                 0.58
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                2.91
<LOANS-NON>                                  4,597
<LOANS-PAST>                                 4,541
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                              1,206
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                            (3,922)
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  396
<RECOVERIES>                                   (37)
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                           (3,200)
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                        (3,200)
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                              0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          0
        

</TABLE>



                                                                      Exhibit 99




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors
Western Ohio Financial Corporation

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of Western Ohio Financial  Corporation and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  West
Central  Mortgage  Services,  Inc. and  Cornerstone  Bank (formerly  Springfield
Federal  Savings  Bank,  Mayflower  Federal  Savings Bank and Seven Hill Savings
Association) and  Cornerstone's  subsidiary,  West Central  Financial  Services,
Inc., as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated  statements
of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three  years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of Western  Ohio
Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended  December 31, 1997, in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.



                                            /s/ Clark, Schaefer, Hackett & Co.
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Clark, Schaefer, Hackett & Co.

January 23, 1998
Springfield, Ohio



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission